高三复习教案SBⅢ unit 23-24(人教版高考复习英语教案教学设计)
“dee”通过精心收集，向本站投稿了20篇高三复习教案SBⅢ unit 23-24(人教版高考复习英语教案教学设计)，以下是小编整理后的高三复习教案SBⅢ unit 23-24(人教版高考复习英语教案教学设计)，欢迎阅读分享，希望对您有所帮助。
篇1：高三复习教案SBⅢ unit 19-20(人教版高考复习英语教案教学设计)
一、单元考点提示
1.单词
by sea relate to share(v.) mark with long before turn to apart from tour (be)busy with ( be)determined to do sth. disobey key figure in peace oppose think up take up arms work on keep one’s promise with the purpose of
2.句型
You’d better(not)… Let’s …
You need to… What/How about…？
（I think）you should/ought to…
Shall we…？
I suggest（that）you…
Why not…？ Why don’t you…？
I will…
I have decided to /that…
I have (not)decided wh-clause / wh-word to…
I insist on /that…
3.语法
复习句子成分--宾语
复习句子成份--宾语补足语
二、考点精析与拓展
1.settle vt.定居，解决（事端，矛盾等）安排，决定
We have settled a party on Wednesday evening.
星期三晚上我们安排了一次聚会。
This medicine should settle your nerves.
这种药会使你镇静下来。
They settled their quarrel in a friendly way.
他们用一种友好的方法解决了争端。
2.make up 创造，编造，弥补，化妆，构成，占有
John made up that joke about the talking dog.
约翰编了一个会讲话的狗的笑话。
The number of the college students in the country makes up only 1%of the population.
这个国家的大学生的数量仅占人口的百分之一。
I have to make up the test I missed last week.
我上周没考试，我必须补考。
John and Tom quarreled, but make up after a while.
约翰和汤姆吵架了，但一会儿就和好了。
由make构成的其他短语：
make sense有意义 make faces/a face做鬼脸
be made of /from由……制成 be made into把……制成……
make it成功，达到目的 make out理解；勉强分辨出
make up one’s mind下定决心
3.keep…alive使……继续有效存在/进行
We must keep the good revolutionary traditions alive.
我们必须把好的革命传统流传下去。
How can we keep the fish alive?我们如何使鱼活首？
拓展：keep+宾语+宾补(v.-ing/v. –ed/adj. / adv. / prep. phr)
I’m sorry for keeping you waiting all the afternoon.
很抱歉让你等了一下午。
Keeping the door and windows closed all the time is not good for your health.
总是关着门窗对健康不利。
用keep构成的常用短语：
keep an eye on 留神照看 keep body and soul together勉强生活
keep in touch with与……保持联系
keep time/regular hours守时（有规律）
4.be of +adj. +抽象名词表性质、特征，其作用相当于be + adj.
常用抽象名词：use, value, interest, importance, education, quality等
This book is of no use( / useless).
这本书没多大用处。
The young man is of good education( / well educated).
这位青年人受过良好的教育。
Customers don’t show any interest in goods that are of poor quality.
这位顾客对劣质的商品不感兴趣。
对比：be + of +具体名词 表类属，常用名词：size, colour, age, shape等。
The two children are of an age / the same age.(= This child is as old as that one.)
这两个孩子同岁。
All of these rooms are of a size.
所有的这些房子一样大。
5.be related(to)和……有联系，和……有关
The Dutch language is closely related to German.
荷兰语和德语密切相关。
They are related to me by marriage.
靠婚姻关系他们和我有了联系。
拓展：n. relation
(1)[u]关系，联系（有时可加不定冠词）
Doctors think there is a relation between smoking and lung cancer.
医生们认为肺癌与吸烟有关。
(2)（复数）（人与人或国家与国家之间的相互）关系
I have had business relations with h im. 我和他已有业务联系。
(3)[c]亲戚，表示特别亲密的、友好的关系（relative亲戚，单纯的亲戚关系；在法律上通用。在一般情况下多用relative）
My immediate relations are my parents.我的直系亲属是父母。
6.out of work失业
He was been out of work for over three months.
他已失业三个月了。
In recent years there has been an increase in the number of people out of work in that country.
近几年那个国家的失业人数在增长。
拓展：be out of work = lose one’s work失业be in work在业，有工作
7.apart from(= besides/in addition to)除……之外（表示加上，否定句中与except通用）
The children hardly see anyone apart from their parents.
除父母外，孩子们几乎看不到其他任何人。
Apart from them, I had no one to talk to.
除了他们，没有人和我谈话。
Apart from the price, the hat doesn’t suit me.
除了价格，这项帽子也不适合我戴。
对比：
except：将一个或几个人或物从同一类或普通的种类中除外（表示减法），其后可接名词、代词、副词、介词短语、不定式（短语）或wh-从句。
except for：说明整个基本情况后，对细节加以纠正，其后一般接名词。
except that：用来表示理由后细节，修正前面所说的情况，其后须接从句，可以与except for互换。
except when：除了……的时候
Everybody except John was able to answer it.
除约翰外每个人都能回答。
Your composition is very good except for a few spelling mistakes.
( = Your composition is very good except that there are a few spelling mistakes.)
你的作文很好，只是有几处拼写错误。
I know nothing about him except that he comes from Africa.
除了他来自非洲之外我对他一无所知。
He goes to work every day except when he is ill.
除了生命以外他每天都去上班。
8.由way构成的短语
way of life生活方式 all the way一路上，自始至终
any way无论如何
by the way 顺便说 bay way of 通过……经由
ways and means办法
get in one’s way 妨碍 in a (one)way在某种程度上
in no way决不
lose one’s way迷路 way through 克服困难的途径
under way在进行中
way out出路 ways out of （摆脱困境等）的方法
on one’s way to在去……的途中
feel one’s way摸黑走，谨慎行事 make one’s own way取得成功，发迹
e.g. Tom will get used to the way of life in the U.S.A. soon.
汤姆很快就会习惯美国的生活方式的。
9.key figure关键人物
figure 指有影响力的人物。key原意为钥匙，在此词组中作定语，可译作“关键的”。
figure 的复数形式是figures.
Public figures there welcomed the statement.
那里的公众人物们都欢迎这个声明。
He became one of the leading figures in the country.
他成为这个国家的领导人之一。
10.govern统治、管理，控制，左右，影响
He was unable to govern his temper.
他控制不住自己的脾气。
Don’t be governed by what other people say.
不要被别人的话所左右。
The rise and fall of the sea is governed by the movements of the moon.
海水的潮起潮落是受月球运动的影响。
11.on / upon(one’s )n./v.-ing一……就……
On his return to the lab, he set to work.
他一回到实验室，就开始工作。
On arriving in Paris, he was put into prison.
他一到巴黎就被捕入狱。
The students stood up on the entrance of the headmaster.
校长进来时，学生们都起立。
12.play an important role in 在……方面起重要作用
Such strikes have played an important role in the development of the trade union movement.
此类罢工事件在工会运动的发展中起了重要的作用。
For twenty years, Gandhi played an important role in working for equal right for Indians.
二十年里，甘地在为印度人争取平等的权利的工作中起重要的作用。
同义词组：play a part in…/play an important part in…
13.design
（1）v.目的是，打算给……用
The laws were designed to make life difficult for non-whites.
制定这些法律的目的在于使非白人的生活变得困难。
The room was designed for children.
这个房间打算给孩子们用。
The road was not designed for heavy trucks.
这条马路不是为重型卡车设计的。
(2) n.图案设计
The building is poor in design.这幢楼设计很差。
14.in prison([u])监禁之中，prison 前不加冠词，表示被监禁的状态
He has been in prison for three years.
他已坐牢三年了。
Law-breakers are put in prison.
犯法者被关进监狱。
对比：go to prison坐牢 break(out of )prison越狱
cast…into prison(put…in/into prison)把……关进牢里（表动作）
类似短语：in school/go to school 求学 in hospital/go to hospital住院/去看病
15.march v./n. 游行示威，行进，行军
She was very angry and marched out. 她很生气，大步从屋里走了出去。
The soldiers marched on after a short rest.
短暂的休息之后，战士们继续前进。
短语：a hunger march反饥饿游行 a forced march强行军
on the march在行进中 a long and difficult march一次长距离的艰难行军
steal a march on/ upon(口语)偷袭（尤指以不正当手段）
e.g. The two firms are trying hard to steal a march on the other.
这两家公司正努力试图比对方抢先一着。
16.be honoured as… 作为……而受到尊敬
He was honoured as a teacher.
他作为老师而受到人们的尊敬。
Gandhi returned to India in 1915 and was honoured as a hero.
19甘地回到印度，并且被尊为英雄。
拓展：v./ n honour-dishonour adj. Honourable-dishonourable（反义词）
常用短语：show honour to 向某人表示敬意
a sense of honour廉耻心
an honoured guest贵宾
do honour to向……表示敬意，带来荣誉
on/upon one’s honour以名誉担保
pay/give honour to向……致敬
honour system无监视的考试制度
in honour of…纪念……
with honour光荣地
for the honour of 为顾全……的荣誉
17.oppose v.（反义词：support）反对，反抗
People there opposed their government.
那里的人们反对政府。
I oppose this plan because I think it is impractical.
我反对这项计划，因为我认为它不切实际。
同义词组：be opposed to / object to /be against
His father is very much opposed to her going abroad.他父亲强烈反对她出国。
He objected to working on Sundays.
他反对星期日工作。
We are for peace and against war.
我们赞成和平，反对战争。
另：opposition n.（位置）面对，反对
the house in opposition to each other面对面的房子
find oneself in opposition to sb. on a question
发现自己在某问题上与某人意见相反。
18.possess v.拥有（东西，特性）
They asked him whether it is true that he had possessed two cars.
他们问他是否真的拥有两辆小汽车。
He never possessed much money, but he is possessed of good health.
他从没有过很多钱，但他总是很健康。
同义词（组）：own/belong to/have/be possessed of
e.g. He owns a very good dictionary. = A very good dictionary belongs to him.
19.as follows 如下
He received a letter which read as follows.
他收到一封信，信文如下。
The game rules are as follows.
比赛的规划如下所述。
His arguments are as follows.他的论点如下。
20.value vt.珍视，重视
I value his advice on how to study English well.
我很珍视他的关于如何学好英语的建议。
The may or valued public opinions.
市长很重视公众的意见。
Gandhi valued ordinary people.
甘地很重视普通人。
三、精典名题导解
题1 （上海春招）
Mr . Reed made up his mind to devote all he had to some schools for poor children.
A. set up B. setting up C. have set up D. having set up
分析：B。此题考的是短语搭配：devote…to(doing)sth.
题2 （NMET 北京）
Tow middle-aged passengers fell into dead sda. , neither of them could swim.
A. In fact B. Luckily C. Unfortunately D. Naturally
分析：C。从所给情景可以判断，她们都不会游泳，要填unfortunately.
题3 （NMET 2001）
It is generally believed that teaching is it is a science.
A. an art much as B. much an art as
C. as an art much as D. as much an art as
分析：D。在as(so)…as…中，第一个as是adv.，后接adj，第二个as后接句子。句意为“人们普遍相信，教学是一门科学，同样是一门艺术”。
题4 （NMET 春招）
-It’s good idea. But who’s going to the plan?
-I think Tom and Grey will.
A. set aside B. carry out C. take in D. get through
分析：B。此题考查的是短语动词的含义。A的意思是“搁置”；B的意思是“实施、实现或执行”；C的意思是“吸收”；D的意思是“通过或完成”。
题5 The mother didn’t know was to blame for the broken glass as it happened while she was out.
A. who B. when C. how D. what
分析：A。根据句意，空白处应填指人的who, who与to blame构成逻辑上的“动宾”关系。全句意为：由于打破玻璃（杯）的事是母亲不在家时发生的，所以她（母亲）不知道该责备谁打破了破璃（杯）。
题6 （NMET 北京）
The idea puzzled me so much that I stopped for a few seconds to try to .
A. make it out B. make it off C. make it up D. make it over
分析：A。make it out发现真相，因为受到迷惑，所以试图发现真相。
题7 （NMET 2002）
The taxi driver often reminds passengers to their belongings when they leave the car.
A. keep B. catch C. hold D. take
分析：D。take拿走，句意为：乘客下车时要把东西带走。
题8 （NMET 2001 北京）
-Why haven’t you bought any butter?
-I to but I forgot about it.
A. liked B. wished C. meant D. expected
分析：C。从提供的情景分析，是打算买而没买，应用meant。
题9 （NMET 2001 北京）
Have a good rest. You need to your energy for the tennis match this afternoon.
A. leave B. save C. hold D. get
分析：B。save此为“储存，积攒”之意。
篇2：高三复习教案SBⅢ unit 23-24(人教版高考复习英语教案教学设计)
一、单元考点提示
1.单词
lose the path for ever get away wherever succeed in had best(do) set…on fire blow out as long as clear up at one’s own expense on(the)one hand…on the other(hand) end up(in) (be)suited to/for (be)worth doing open up personally be used to(doing) rely on further prevent from remind although
however
2.句型
I guess/believe… It seems(that)…
It looks as if… It certainly is.
She/He/They must have done…
Will you be free All right. See you then.
On Monday/tomorrow? Yes, I’ll be free then.
How about tomorrow morning/afternoon?
Yes, that’s all right. No, I won’t be free
Shall we meet at 4:30…at? Then, but I’ll be free at…
3.语法
复习句子的成分--状语
复习状语从句
二、考点精析与拓展
1.fine adj./adv./n./v.
(1)adj.美好的，天气晴朗的，（身体）好的，细的
It’s fine today.今天天气很晴朗。
What a fine view it is!多么美丽的风景！
-How are you？
-你好吗？
-Fine, thank you.
-很好，谢谢！（不可用于否定句及疑问句）
First there was a fine rain but then it rained heavily.
开始是毛毛细雨，接着就下大了
(2)adv.很好
Everything went fine.一切顺利
(3)[c]罚金a traffic violation fine违反交通规则罚款
(4)v.处罚金
If you make such a mistake again, you’ll get fined.
如果你再犯这样的错误，你就会挨罚。
短语：fine and 非常，极（强调后面所接的形容词）
one fine day/morning有朝一日
2.find
(1)vt.发现，发觉
She found a wallet lying on the ground.
她发现地上有个钱包。
We found her still asleep.
我们发现她还在睡觉。
He found her left behind.
他发现她被落在后面。
(2)n.发现，发现物（尤指贵重或悦人的）
I made a great find in a second-hand bookshop yesterday.
昨天在旧书店里我有重大发现。
对比：find多指偶然发现，碰见；后可接名词、复合结构或从句。find out指通过观察、探索而发现事实的真相、真情，通过调查找出原因，或发现秘密、错误等；一般接名词、代词或从句。discover指发现客观事物的存在，发现已存在而不为人知的事情；多用于好的事物。
Have you found the book you have been looking for?
你一直找的书找到了吗？
Have you found out why he was late?
你弄清他为什么迟到吗？
Columbus discovered America.
哥伦布发现了美洲。
3.age
(1)n.年龄，时代，时期
The old man died at the age of 80/when he was 80 years of age/when he was 80 years old.
那位老人80岁时去世了。
He is young for his age.
就他的年龄而论，他是年轻的。
What is the age of the church?
这座教堂多少年了？
He was the greatest poet of the age.
他是那个时代最伟大的诗人。
(2)vi./vt. 变老
He is aging fast. Worry ages a man.
他老得很快。忧虑令人老！
I found him greatly aged.
我发现他老多了。
拓展：（1）adj. aged……岁的，年老的
a boy aged ten 一个10岁的男孩
an aged man老人
(2)人生的七期
baby→infant→child→youth→manhood→middle age→old age
婴儿/0→幼儿7→儿童12→青年28→壮年40→中年65→老年
4.come down下来，流传下来，倒塌，没落，病倒，减价
The song comes down to us from the 10th century.（流传下来）
这首歌是从10世纪流传到我们这一代的。
The roof of the house came down during the night.
我听说计算机要降价。
5.clear up（天气）放晴，使明了，收拾整理，解决，了结
The sky cleared up just after the rain.
雨过天晴。
Don’t expect me to clear up after you.
别期望我在你后面收拾东西。（收拾不要的东西）
The police haven’t cleared up the murder case.
警察还没查清那件谋杀案。
His face cleared up as she heard the news.(引申义)
听到这个消息她脸上露出喜悦之情。
对比：clean up打扫干净，整理，获利，赚钱
The students cleaned up the classroom after class.（打扫干净）
下课后学生们打扫教室。
6.as long as/so long as只要
(1)引导条件状语从句
You may borrow the book as / so long as you keep it clean.
只要你不把书弄脏，你就可以借。
As long as you study hard, you’ll make great progress.
只要你努力学习，你就会取得很大进步。
(2)和……一样长
This rope is as long as that one.这条绳子和那条一样长。
This bridge isn’t so/as long as that one.这座桥和那座不一样长。
(3)长达……（表时间）
The old couple have been living in the small town as long as 50 years.
这对老夫妇已在这个小城镇里住了长达50年。
7.tear out撕下，撕掉
He tore some of the papers out of the book.他从书中撕下了几页。
对比：tear up撕碎，撕毁，连根拔起
She tore up the letter.
她把信撕碎了。
The trees were torn up by the hurricane.
树木被飓风连根拔起。
另：tear down拆除（建筑物等） tear sth. in two/half 把……撕成两半
8. get sb. / sth. doing使某人/某物开始活跃或使某物开始工作
Let me try now, I will get the car going
现在让我试试，我会把汽车发动起来。
拓展：get sb. to do sth. = have sb. do sth.让/使某人做某事
get sth. done = have sth. done请人做某事
I’ll get him to do the job.我会让他做这项工作。
When did you get your hair cut?
你什么时候理的发？
9.date back to / date from
追溯到（某个时期），起始于（某个时期），从……时候就存在
The tower dates back to 1173.
这座塔起始于1173年。
The old church dates from the first century A.d.
这座古老的教堂起始于公元1世纪。
My interest in stamp collecting dates from my schooldays.
从学生时代起，我对集邮就开始感兴趣。
10.find one’s way（to sp.）找到；设法找到去……的路
Can you find your way to the post office?
你能找到去邮局的路吗？
Rivers find their way to the sea.
条条江河通大海。
拓展：make one’s way非常困难地前进
feel one’s way 摸索着前进
force / fight one’s way突破……而前进
push one’s way排开……而前进
11.congratulate v.
祝贺，庆贺
常用短语：congratulate sb. on / upon sth. / doing sth.为某事向某人祝贺
congratulate oneself that…因……而自己庆幸
congratulations常用于祝贺语，后可接on，也可单独用。
I’d like to congratulate you on your success.
对你的成功我表示祝贺。
I’d like to offer my congratulations on your success.
对你的成功我表示祝贺。
You really should congratulate yourself on your appearance.
(= You really should congratulate that you are so handsome.)
你真该为自己的外表而庆幸。
对比：celebrate sth.庆贺某事
We’ll celebrate the New Year with a dance party.
我们将举行跳舞晚会以庆贺新年。
拓展：in celebration of… 庆祝……
hold a celebration举行庆祝（会）
12.admire（= respect / praise）vt.羡慕，钦佩，夸奖
admire sb.（for sth.）佩服某人某事
Visitors to Beijing greatly admire our Palace Museum.
去北京的游人极其羡慕我们的故宫。
I admire him for his wisdom.我佩服他的智慧。
别忘了夸奖孩子。
对比：envy（= jealous）vt.嫉妨，羡慕
envy sb.（sth.）嫉妒/羡慕某人某事
We all envy you your good future.
我们都很羡慕你的好运。
13.personally
(1)就我个人来说(= in my personal opinion)，用于表示个人的意见，通常于句首。
Personally, I don’t see much difference between the two.
就我个人来讲，这两者没多大差别。
(2)亲自
The manager went personally to the hospital to see the worker who was seriously ill.
经理亲自去医院看望患重病的工人。
拓展：person/ c. /人personal adj.个人的
personality / c. u. / 个性，品格；人物
14.end up 结果，结束
He started as an employee and ended up as head of the firm.
他以职员开始而最后成为公司的主管。
The party ended up with a song.
晚会以一首歌曲结束。
If you continue to drive so carelessly, you’ll end up in hospital.
如果你继续这样不小心开车，你会进医院的。
对比：end指完结或终止，为意义最单纯的用语；
close指把已开始的事物像关闭似的加以结束；
finish尤指最后的修饰工作，或把已经做的加以完成；
complete指把不完美的各点或有缺陷的部分加以补充完成。
Let’s end the discussion.
The meeting was closed by the chairman’s speech.
Try to finish your homework before 9 o’clock.
Have you completed your new programme?
15.open up
(1)开门，展开，打开
open up = open the door开门
open up the parcel打开包裹
(2)（景色等的）展现
A beautiful view opened up before us.
一幅美景展现在我们面前。
(3)开发，开辟，创建
open up a new situation / a bright future / more waste land
开创一个新局面/美好的前程/开辟更多荒地
(4)吐露真情
She never opened up to me on the subject.
关于那个问题，她从未对我开诚布公。
16.rely on / upon相信，信赖
He relied on his parents’ advice.
他相信父母的劝告。
I rely on you to tell me all about it.
我要靠你把这件事的来龙去脉告诉我。
Such people are not to be relied on.
这样的人是靠不住的。
对比：rely on / upon指由过去的经验，使人相信对方必定能完成所交代的事情；depend on指依赖别人的支持或援助；trust(in)指深信绝对不会发生被出卖或令人失望的事情。
I rely on his ability.我相信她的能力。
She depends on her friends to make a decision.
她依靠朋友帮她做决定。
He is a man to be trusted.
他是一个可以信赖的人。
It depends on whether you want to do it or not.这得看你是否想做。
17.be worth doing = be(well)worthy of being done / to be done(很)值得做
The city is worth visiting.这个城市值得参观。
(= The city is worthy of being visited. = The city is worthy to be visited.)
18.as we say正如我们所说
关系代词as引导非限制性定语从句，表示“正如”，代埒后面整个句子。
而which引导的非限制性定语从句，没有“正如”的含义，也不能置于主句前面。
As we know, the earth is round.
我们知道，地球是圆的。
Leaves are turning yellow, which means autumn is coming.
树叶正在变黄，这意味着秋天就要来了。
19.as is the case with = as with ……就和……的情况一样
As is the case with his mother, he is fond of music.
跟母亲一样，他喜欢音乐。
As with human, animals also love their babies.
同人一样，动物也爱它们的幼仔。
三、精典名题导解
题1 （2003 上海春）
Unless to speak, you should remain silent at the conference.
A. invited B. inviting C. being invited D. having invited
分析：A。此句考查非谓语动词在省略句中的用法，完整的表达方式为unless you are invited,…
题2 （NMET 2002上海）
Though money, his parents managed to send him to university.
A. lacked B. lacking of C. lacking D. lacked in
分析：C。本题同样考查非谓语动词在省略句中的作用，但此题主语与非谓语动词是一种主动关系，故先排除A、D；lack为及物动词，不需用of。
题3 （NMET 2003 北京，31）
I know the money is safe, I shall not worry about it.
A. Even though B. Unless C. As long as D. While
分析：C。as long as 表示“只要”。句意为：只要我知道钱是安全的，我就不会担心。even though即使;unless如果不；while当……的时候。
题4 （NMET 2003 上海，33）
-How far apart do they live?
- I know, they live in the same neighborhood.
A. As long as B. As far as C. As well as D. As often as
分析：B。as far as 表示程度，范围，意思是“就……，尽……，至于……”，as far as I know 就我所知；as long as 表示时间长度或表示“只要”；as well as 和……一样好；as often as和……一样经常。
题5 （2002上海春）
The famous scientist grew up he was born and in 1980 he came to Shanghai.
A. when B. whenever C. where D. wherever
分析：C。 where引导的是地点状语从句。
题6 （NMET 2003 北京 30）
He made a mistake, but then he corrected the situation it got worse.
A. until B. when C. before D. as
分析：C。before在……这前，句意为：在形式变得糟糕之前纠正了错误。
题7 （NMET 2003 上海，35）
A good storyteller must be able to hold his listener’s curiosity he reaches the end of the story.
A. when B. unless C. after D. until
分析：D。until用于肯定句时，表示“直到……为止”。全句意为：一个好的讲故事的人只能够使听众的好奇心保持到故事的结尾，才能使他们对故事感兴趣。
题8 （2001 上海，37）
He’s got himself into a dangerous situation（境遇） he is likely to lose control over the plan.
A. where B. which C. while D. why
分析：A。首先理解句意“他使自己陷入一种危险的境地之中，他很可能对飞机失去控制”。在此where引导状语从句。
题9 John was so sleepy that he could hardly keep his eyes .
A. open B. to be opened C. to open D. opening
分析：A。该题考查考生对形容词作宾语补足语的掌握情况。当open作宾补时，一般用它的形容词，不用它的现在分词。如：with the windows open/closed
题10 You will succeed in the end you give up halfway.
A. even if B. even though C. as long as D. unless
分析：D。这是一个条件状语从句，unless意为“如果不”，全句意思是“如果你不中途放弃，你最终会成功”。
篇3：高三复习教案SBⅢ unit 21-22(人教版高考复习英语教案教学设计)
（SB3-units21-22）
一、单元考点提示
1.单词
step into take one’s place pick out build up divide up wealthy go through look into turn up check out to the point care for surround to one’s astonishment exact recover one after another tell apart set up come to light
2.句型
I / He /She /can /may… It is possible that…
I/ He /She may not… He/ She is not likely to…
It is likely that… I am not likely to…
You can’t / musn’t… Don’t smoke. Look out!
If you…, you’ll… Don’t be late Take care!
You’d better(not)do it. Be careful. No noise, please!
3.语法
复习和归纳句子成分--定语
复习定语从句和同位语从句的用法
二、考点精析与拓展
1.leave sth. to sb.（在死后）将……留给某人；请某人负责某事
His aunt left all her property to him after her death.
他姑姑死后将所有财产都留给他了。
I’ll leave it to you to buy the tickets.我委托你负责买票。
2.in one’s will在某人的遗嘱中
will作为名词使用时意为“遗嘱”“意志力”或“强烈的愿望”。
Her death is god’s will, I suppose.
她的逝世是上帝的旨意，我估计。
His strong will enables him to refuse all the worldly pleaseres.
他的强烈愿望使他可以拒绝世间所有的乐趣。
Where there is a will, there is a way.
有志者，事竟成。
3.by one’s first marriage 通过或由于某人的第一次婚姻
介词by有许多含义，在此处意为“通过”，相当于through。
He left by the first train.
他乘第一次列车离开了。
The electricity supply is operated by a switch.供电由一个开关控制。
4.check out清点；结账；核实；检查；开票提款
Ask him to check the information out for us.请他为我们核实一下信息。
We’d better check the whole room out in case it has been bugged .
我们最好检查一下整个房间以免有蛀虫。
The trainees checked out all right.
这些培训学员完全合格。
She checked out 6000 dollars.她提款6000美元。
5.for a start/to start with首先，第一点
You have no right to be here, to start with.
首先，你无权在此。
It won’t work：for a start, we don’t have so much money and secondly we cannot get the permission.
那不行，首先我们没那么多钱，其次我们不能被批准。
6.go through 浏览；经历；历经
He went through several houses, but haven’t bought one yet.
他看了好几套房子，但一套还没买。
The country has gone through too many wars.这个国家已经历了太多的战争。
The plan must go through several stages.
这个计划必须经历几个过程。
拓展：go through with完成
He hasn’t gone through with his composition yet.
他还没写完作文。
7.be present at 出席
How many people were present at the meeting?多少人出席了会议？
拓展：present(1)n.礼物
What present do you want for Christmas this year?
今年圣诞节你想要什么礼物？
(2)v.赠予
Now that the sports meet is over, our principal will present the prize.
既然运动会已结束，我们校长将颁奖。
(3)adj.现在的，目前的
I’m not going to buy a car at the present high prices.
以目前的高价，我不打算买小汽车了。
(4)presently(adv.) = soon
She will be here presently.
她不久就会来。
(5)常用短语：
at the present time = at present目前，现在
for the present暂时
8.pass…(to…)将……递给，传达
Please pass me the bread and butter.
请递给我面包奶油。
Pass the word to him that Napolean will come himself.
把拿破仑要亲自来的消息告诉他。
拓展：（1）vi.走过，通过
Because of the large crowd in the street the truck was unable to pass.
因为大街上人很多，卡车无法通过。
(2)n.通行证
Nobody can go into the hall without a pass.
没有通行证，任何人不准进入大厅。
9.pick out认出；显眼；挑选
Can you pick out your brother in the crowd?
你能在人群中认出你弟弟吗?
The houses in the painting picked out in white.
画上的房子以白色而显得醒目。
It’s so beautiful！How did you pick it out?
这么漂亮！你是怎么挑出来的？
10.troop n./v.
（1）n. 一群，大量，许我troops军队，部队
A troop of school children went into the museum.
一大群学生走进了博物馆。
The local people demand the withdrawal（撤退）of foreign troops.
当地的人们要求撤退外国军队。
(2)vi.集合，群集；成群涌向，结队而行
The students trooped up on the sports ground.
学生们在操场上集合。
We all trooped into/out of the hall.
我们成群地进入/走出礼堂。
11.fly
(1)vt.飞跃 +地点或距离作宾语：驾驶（飞机）；（用飞机）运送；放（风筝）
fly the Atlantic / the English Channe/ a distance of km
飞跃大西洋/英吉利海峡/2000公里的距离
Supplies of food have been flown to the refugees.
补给的粮食空运给那些难民。
The children are flying their kites.
孩子们在放风筝。
(2)vi.飞，飞行，飞跑
Time flies like an arrow. 光阴似箭。
The little girl flew to her grandmother.
这女孩向她奶奶飞跑过去。
(3)n.苍蝇
butter（奶油）+fly（苍蝇）=butterfly（蝴蝶）
dragon（龙）+fly（苍蝇）=dragonfly（蜻蜓）
fire（火）+fly（苍蝇）= firefly（萤火虫）（=lighting-bug,美语）
12.communicate v.
（1）vt.传达，传送，传染
communicate information/feelings/news…to sb.把信息、感情、消息……传递/传达给某人
I’ll communicate the news to you directly.
我会直接把消息传达给你。
(2)vi.通讯，通话
communicate with sb.(by)用……与某人联络/沟通
We communicate with each other by telephone/letter.
我们用电话/信件彼此沟通。
拓展：communication n.[u]通讯[c]消息pl.通讯系统
Radio and television are important means of communication.
收音机和电视机是信息交流的重要工具。
Communications satellite helps the human a lot in many ways .
通讯卫星在很多方面对人类有很大的帮助。
13.beeline n.两地之间的直线；捷径（指蜜蜂采蜜后径直飞向蜂房，这条路叫beeline）
（1）make a beeline for sb./sp.走近路；走直路；向……直行
As soon as the meeting was over, he made a beeline for the pub.
会议一结束，他就直接上了酒吧。
If you want to catch up with them, you’d better make a beeline for them.
如果你想赶上他们，你最好抄近路去。
（2）in a beeline 成直线地，笔直地
The pupils went to the museum in a beeline.
孩子们直接走向博物馆。
14.come to light 发现，暴露（= be discovered / exposed /found out / be brought to light）
Much more new evidence has come to light(has been discovered/has been exposed/has been brought to light),so the judges have to sentence the man to death.
新的证据不断被发现，所以法官们不得不判这个人死刑。
When the old woman died, it came to light that she was actually very rich.
老太婆死后，人们才发现她其实很富有。
15.be different from与……不同
Your idea is different from mine.
你的想法和我的不同。
对比：make sb./ sth. different from使某人/某物不同于……
Her special accent makes her different from others.
她特殊的口音使她与众不同。
16.one after another一个一个地，表示数量多并连续出现
School was over and students went out of the school gate one after another.
放学了，学生们一个接一个地走出校门。
对比：one by one表示按顺序逐个进行或出现
Don’t hurry! You should enter the office one by one.
不要着急，你们应该一个个地走进办公室。
拓展：by and by一点一点地，逐渐地 little by little一点一点地
step by step 一步一步地，循序渐进地
17.amaze vt.使……惊奇 = astonish, surprise
The news amazed us greatly.这条消息使我们感到很惊奇。
拓展：（1）amazed人对……感到吃惊的；amazing（某物）……信人吃惊的。
They were all amazed at the amazing news.
听到这个令人吃惊的消息他们感到惊讶。
(2)amazement n.
to one’s amazement令人吃惊的是
To my amazement, they have gone to Xishuangbanna.
让我奇怪的是，他们去西双版纳了。
类似短语：to one’s happiness/excitement/sadness/puzzlement
使某人高兴的/兴奋的/伤心的/迷惑的是
18.the more…,the more… 越……就越……
The harder you study, the more progress you’ll make.
越努力学习，你的进步就越大。
对比：more and more… 越来越……
Our school is becoming more and more beautiful.
我们的校园变得越来越美丽了。
19.again and again = time and time again = over and over = over and over again再三地
The old man thinks of his happy past again and again.
这位老人再三地想起他幸福的过去。
三、精典名题导解
题1 （NMET ）
As we joined the big crowd. I got from my friends.
A. separated B. spared C. lost D. missed
分析：A。get separated from sb.和某人分开。
题2（NMET 北京）
-How are the team playing?
-They’re playing well, but one of them hurt.
A. got B. gets C. are D. were
分析：A。got hurt意为“受伤”。get后接过去分词表示被动，受伤的事发生在过去，要用一般过去时。
题3 （2002 上海春季）
It long before we the result of the experiment.
A. will not be; will know B. will not be; knew
C. will not be; know D. is; know
分析：C。It will not be long是主句，意为不久；在before引导的时间状语从句中，要用一般现在时表示将来。
题4 （NMET 2001北京）
at the door before entering, please.
A. Knocked B. To knock C. Knocking D. Knock
分析：D。这是一个祈使句，要用动词原形。
题5 （，北京春）
We’re living in an age many things are done on computer.
A. which B. that C. whose D. when
分析：D。此题考查定语从句要填入的引导词应该在从句中作时间状语，故用when.
题6 （2002 上海，35）
There is a feeling in me we’ll never know what a UFO-not ever.
A. that B. which C. of which D. what
分析：A。根据句意“我有一种感觉--我们永远不会知道UFO是什么，而不是曾经（不知道）。”that引导的同位语从句解释feeling的内容。
题7 （2003 上海）
It is believed that if a book is , it will surely the reader.
A. interested; interest B. interesting; be interested
C. interested; interesting D. interesting; interest
分析：D。interesting有趣的；interest vt.使……感到有趣。
题8 （2003 上海春）
It was because of bad weather the football match had to be put off.
A. so B. so that C. why D. that
分析：D。这是一个强调句，对because of bad weather进行强调，强调句的结构是It is/was + 被强调的部分+that(who)…
题9 （2001 上海春）
It was for this reason her uncle moved out of New York and settled down in small village.
A. which B. why C. that D. how
分析：C。这是一个强调句for this reason进行强调，其明显标志是介词for.
篇4：高三复习教案SBⅢ unit 15-16(人教版高考复习英语教案教学设计)
一、单元考点提示
1.单词
dip into here and there in a word once again look out for above all refer to shut up key to in other words take turns look over one’s shoulder remind sb. of offer(n.) fix a date for on one’s way to show sb. around have a gift for offer…to lead to so long as hear sb.’s advice value(v.) call in after all eat up report sb. to sb. work out
2.句型
Will you come to…?
Yes, I’d love to…
Would you like to…?
Yes, that’s very kind/nice of you.
I’d like to invite you to…
I’d love to, but…
I’m sorry… That’s nothing
I apologize… Never mind.
Please excuse me… It’s not important.
I’m afraid… That’s all right/OK
I ought to… Don’t worry.
What a shame! Forget it !
3.语法
复习句子成分--谓语
复习被动语态
二、考点精析与拓展
1.swallow vt.吞吃；不嚼就吃下去
She swallowed the medicine with the help of some water.
她用水把药送下去了。
He just swallows his food; he is always in a hurry.
他吃饭狼吞虎咽，总是这么匆忙。
2.dip into 蘸进；随便翻阅；稍稍研究
I haven’t read that book properly. I’ve only dipped into it.
我没有好好读那本书，仅随便翻阅一下。
I’ve only dipped into politics.
我对政治研究不深。
3.in a word总之=in one word
In a word, I don’t trust him.
总这，我不信任他。
Tom is brave, careful and calm. In a word, he is admirable.
汤姆既勇敢、细心又镇静。总之，他很令人羡慕。
4.belong to属于
无被动结构，也不用进行时态。下列单词和词组也无被动形式：appear, disappear, happen, take place, break out等。
The house belongs to him.这所房子归他所有。
The book belongs to my deskmate.
这本书是我同位的。
5.be likely to 易于……；有可能的.
后跟动词不定式，往往用在一时的情形。
I shall be likely to catch cold if I go out tonight without my overcoat.
如果今晚不穿大衣出去，我会感冒的。
Is that magazine likely to interest you?
那本杂志对你有吸引力吗？
6.get a general idea of 对……了解大意（大概情况）
Read the chapter quickly to get a general idea.
快速阅读这一章，了解大意。
I have a general idea of that town.
我对那个镇子的大概情况有所了解
7.come across=meet with(meet…by chance/accident)无意中碰到，找到，想到
Perhaps I shall come across him somewhere in the park.
也许我会在公园的某个地方遇到他。
He came suddenly across an idea.
他突然有了一个好主意。
8.in other words换句话说
In other words, they failed to pass the exam.
换句话说，他们考试没有及格。
He became, in other words, a great hero.
也就是说，他成了一位大英雄。
9.take turns = take in turns轮流（做某事）
The two boys took turns at digging the hole.
这两个男孩轮流来挖坑。
The three men took turns to drive so one would not be too tired.
这三个人轮流开车，因此，就不会有人过于疲劳了。
10.talk things through把话说完；充分讨论
You’d better talk things through. I will listen with complete attention.
你最好把话讲完。我会专心听的。
If I had enough time, I would have talked things through.
如果有足够的时间，我会把话说完的。
11.on one’s way to…正在到……，动身往……，在往……的路上
He was on his way to school when suddenly a policeman stopped him.
他正在上学的路上就在这时一个警察截住了他。
They telephoned to say that they were on the way, but they might be late.
他们打电话说他们正在路上，但他们可能来晚。
I called on a friend of mine on my way back.
我在回来的路上拜访了我的一个朋友。
You mustn’t forget to call in at Brown’s on the way home.
你千万别忘了在回家的路上到布朗先生家拜访。
拓展：by the way顺便说；in the way挡道；in a way 某种意义上；lose one’s way迷路；by way of 途经，经由；work one’s way 通过苦干……；no way决不；make one’s way 前进；all the way to…一路至……
12.lively adj.生动的，活泼的
He told a lively story about his life in Africa.
他讲述了一个有关他的非洲生活的一个生动故事。
Young children are usually lively.
年轻人通常很活泼。
拓展：以-ly结尾的形容词还有：
friendly 友好的；lovely可爱的；orderly井然有序的；comradely同志般的；motherly母亲般的；daily每天的；weekly每周的；monthly每月的；yearly每年的；lonely寂寞的，偏僻的；deadly致命的；likely可能的。
对比：alive(1)活着的：可以作表语，这时可与living互换；作定语时，只能作后置定语。
(2)有活力的
He was alive when he was taken to the hospital.
他被送往医院时还活着。
Although he is old, he is still very much alive.
虽然年老了，但他仍十分活跃。
live（1）（动、植物）活着的，作前置定语；如：a live fish一条活鱼
(3)实况的，现场直播的；如：a live report现场报道
living有精神的，活泼的，快活的，轻快的
Her grandfather is still living at the age of 93.
她爷爷已经93岁了，仍然健在。
13. make money = earn money赚钱
He made a lot of money by playing music.
他演奏音乐挣了很多钱。
It is very easy to make money in that city.
在那个城市挣钱很容易。
拓展：
(1)各种money
零用钱：pocket money 外币：foreign currency
硬币：a coin 纸币：a bill（美），a note（英）
零钱，找头：change 伪钞：counterfeit money, bogus money
(2)由money构成的短语：
lose money 亏本；for love or money无论如何；
put money into… 投资于；put money on… 在……上打赌；
spend money like water挥金如土；earn good money赚大钱
(3)由money构成的谚语：
Money makes the mare go.有钱能使鬼推磨。
Money talks.金钱万能。
Time in money.一寸光阴一寸金。
14.lead to(prep.)+n./v-ing引起，造成，导致
Too much work or too little rest often leads to illness.
过度工作或很少休息经常导致疾病。
Difference of opinion led to a heated argument.
意见分歧导致了激烈的争论。
15.so song as/as long as 只要……
You will succeed so long as you work hard.
只要你努力就会成功。
It is a good idea to start a part-time job.
做一项兼职的工作是个好主意。
16.in time及时(=not later than),终究(=sooner or later)
I hope you will arrive in time for the meeting .
我希望你及时到会。
Work hard and you will succeed in time.
努力工作那么最终你将成功。
17.affect（=have an effect on sth.）vt.影响（effect n.影响）
This may affect your health.
这或许会影响你的健康。
My throat is always affected by bad weather.
我的嗓子总是受恶劣天气的影响。
18.be ready to do sth.（=be willing to do sth.）乐意做某事
Tom is always ready to help others.
汤姆总是乐于助人。
If I’ve made any mistake, I’m ready to apologize.
如果我有错误，我愿意道歉。
19.play a trick on sb.= play with sb.捉弄某人，耍弄计谋
He is always playing tricks on others.
他总爱捉弄别人。
Don’t play tricks on me. I want to know the truth.
别耍我，我想知道真相。
up 的用法：adv.守全，彻底
Time is up.时间到了
Have you used up you money?
你的钱用完了吗？
常用短语：eat up吃光；tear up撕掉；use up用光；lock up锁住；burn up烧光；get up起床；up and down上上下下，来来往往。
三、精典名题导解
题1 （NMET 2003 北京）
-How long at this job?
-Since 1990.
A. were you employed B. have you been employed
C. had you been employed D. will you be employed
分析：B。since指从过去某时开始到现在一直进行的动作或所处的状态，应用现在完成时态。
题2 （NMET 2003 上海）
By the end of last year, another new gymnasium in Beijing.
A. would be completed B. was being completed
C. has been completed D. had been completed
分析：D。“by the end of last year”到去年年底，是过去的过去，故用过去完成时。
题3 （NMET 2001 上海春）
Someone called me up in the middle of the night, but they hung up
I could answer the phone.
A. as B. since C. until D. before
分析：D。before这里意为“还没来得及”。
题4 -How are the team playing?
-They’re playing well, but one of them hurt.
A. got B. gets C. are D. were
分析：A。got hurt受伤，get 后接过去分词表示被动。受伤的事发生在过去，需用一般过去时。
题5 （NMET 2003 北京）
-I’m sorry I’m calling you so late.
- okay.
A. This is B. You’re C. That’s D. I’m
分析：C。此题考查道歉与应答，That’s okay.这晨相当于That’s all right.（没关系）。
题6 （NMET 2003 北京春）
-What happened to the priceless works of art?
- .
A. They were destroyed in the earthquake
B. The earthquake was destroying them
C. They destroyed in the earthquake
D. The earthquake destroyed them
分析：A。问句的重点在那些珍贵艺术品的遭遇，所以回答的重点应放在它们所处的情况上，适合用被动态。
题7 （NMET 2003 上海）
After supper she would sit down by the fire, sometimes for an hour, thinking of her thinking of her young and happy days.
A. as long as B. as soon as C. as much as D. as many as
分析：A。指时间“长达”应用as long as 表达。
题8 （NMET 2001 全国）
I was really anxious about you. You home without a word.
A. mustn’t leave B. shouldn’t have left
C. couldn’t have left D. needn’t leave
分析：B。shouldn’t have done表示本不该做某事，而实际上做了。
篇5：高三复习教案SBⅢ unit 17-18(人教版高考复习英语教案教学设计)
一、单元考点0提示
1.单词
simple-minded human being burst into laughter reach out bring sb. into touch with look back upon as well as ill-formed no matter what all over again keep on doing sth. rather than especially take an action fix up provide into the open put out question（v.） make ends meet
2.句型
May/Can/Could I…?
Of course./ Yes. /Sure./Certainly.
I wonder if I could…
Go ahead. That’s OK/all right.
Would/Do you mind if I…？
Not at all.
I’m sorry you can’t.
I’m sorry, but…
You’d better not.
Hello. Is…in/there? Hello, this is…(speaking).
May/Could I speak to …? I’m sorry, she/he isn’t here
Hello, is that…? right now.
Hello. Who is that /it? Hold on please.
Could you give her/hima message? Can I take a message(for you)?
I called to say/ask/tell you…
3.语法
复习句子成分--表语
二、考点精析与拓展
1. simple-minded头脑简单的，纯朴的
The white-haired girl was named Xi’er.
那个白毛女叫喜儿。
The milddle-aged woman is warm-hearted and is always willing to help others.
那位中年妇女是个热心肠，总是乐意助人。
常用合成形容词构成形式；
(1) adj+n.+ed：cold-blooded冷血的middle-aged中年的
(2) n. +pres.p.（现在分词）：English-speaking说英语的man-eating吃人的
(3) n. + adj：snow-white雪白的world-famous世界闻名的
(4)num.（数词）+n.+ed：four-legged四条腿的nine-storeyed九层的
(5) n.+ past p.（过去分词）：man-made人造的
(6) adj.+ pres. p.：good-looking好看的
(7) adv. + past. P. ：well-known著名的
2.human(being)[c]人，与动物等对比的人(the human人类)
A human being tells the machine what to do, when to do and how to do.
人让机器做什么、什么时候做和怎样做。
In the story human beings were replaced by robots.
在这个故事里，人类被机器人所代替。
3.look back upon/on回顾，回想过去
I like to look back upon my high-school days.
我喜欢回忆我高中时的岁月。
Perhaps some day it will be pleasant to look back upon these days.
或许将来有一天回忆起这些日子很令人愉快。
由look构成的短语：
look as if /as though看起来好像
look around环视四周
look after照顾；照看 look out当心
look behind回头看 look through浏览
look down向下看 look up 向上看；查寻
look into调查；研究
4.believe in（=trust/trust in）信赖；信任；信仰
Tom is honest. I believe in him.
汤姆很诚实，我信赖他。
He doesn’t believe in anybody in the world.
在这个世界上，他不相信任何人。
We believe in socialism.
我们信仰社会主义。
对比：believe sb.相信某人的话是真的。
I believe what he said this time though he often tells lies.
尽管他经常撒谎，可这次我相信他的话是真的。
5.remain
(1)vi剩下；（人）留下，逗留
The fact remains that she is a liar.
她是个说谎者的事实仍在。
They went off but she remained three days in that country.
他们走了，而她在那上国家逗留了三天。
(2)link v.（continue to be）+pred.（表语）(n./adj./pres. p. /past. p/ prep.p等)
The weather remains cold and wet.
天气依然寒冷潮湿。
Pollution in the city remains a problem.
这个城市的污染依然是个问题。
You can’t let your room remain like this.
你不能让房间一直这样。
对比：remain既指人逗留在一定场所，也指物逗留在一定场所或保持原来的形状或状态，或暗示纵使别人离去，自己仍然留下来。Stay会话用语，只表示人逗留在一定场所
e.g. Let’s stay here until he appears.
让我们留下来等他到来。
拓展：remaining adj.剩下的the remaining money = the money left剩余的钱
remainings n.（复数）剩余（物），残骸，遗迹
the remains of ancient Rome 古罗马的遗迹
the remainder（of）=the rest（of）剩下的东西/其余的人
6.owe…to…应该把……归功于……；欠……的情
I owe a great to my parents.
我欠父母的情很多。
He owes his success to good luck.
他的成功全造运气。
I owe thanks to you for your help.
我得谢谢你帮助我。
拓展：owing to由于
The old professor couldn’t attend the meeting owing to illness.
老教授因病不能参加会议。
7.dream v./n.做梦，迫切希望
As he slept, he dreamed a dream.
他睡觉时做了一个梦。
W e dream of peace.我们梦想和平。
拓展：dream a pleasant/sweet/horrible dream 做好梦/甜梦/噩梦
live a happy/quiet/hard/normal life 过幸福/平静/艰苦/正常的生活
die a glorious death死得光荣
8 .or else = other wise = if not否则
Hurry up or else you’ll be late.
快点，否则人会迟到的。
Study hard or else you won’t pass the exam.
努力学习，否则你会考试不及格的。
Put on more clothes or else you’ll catch a cold.多穿些衣服，否则你会感冒的。
9.Wht is more更重要的，而且
It’s a useful book, and, what is more, not an expensive one.
它是一本有用的书而且不贵。
We invited a new speaker and, what is more, he was happy to come.
我们请了一位新的演讲者而且他很高兴来。
同义短语：moreover, in addition, besides, what’s wore
10.carry out进行，实行，执行
It was important to carry out the work quickly.赶快进行这些工作是重要的。
He did not carry out his promise to us.
对我们他没有实现他的诺言。
用out构成的短语：look out向外看，小心work out算出来，实行。
leave out遗漏，忽视 take/bring out拿出来
thinking out想出 hold out伸出，支持，抵抗到底
11.as a result结果（发生某情况），可置于句首，也可置于句末
She got up very early. As a result, she was able to catch the early bus.
她起得很早，因此她赶上了早班车。
He has won the game. He is in high spirits as a result.
他赢了比赛，所以他精神高昂。
拓展：result from结果，来自…… result in 导致 as a result of……的结果是
His illness resulted from overwork.
他的病起因于操劳过渡。
Hard work results in success.努力终归成功。
(= Success results from hard work.成功来自努力)
The flight was delayed as a result of typhoon.该次班机因台风而延误。
12.progress
(1)vi.进展，发展
Space research has progressed greatly.
空间研究已经取得了很大进展。
(2) n. make great / little / no / much progress
He has made rapid progress in English this term.
这学期他英语进步很快。
Tom is not making much progress at school.
汤姆在学校进步不大。
13.put out
使熄灭，扑灭，吹灭；发出；生产，出版；
It book the firefighters more than three hours to put out the big fire.
消防队员花了三个多小时扑灭了这场大火。
The book will be put out soon.
这本书将很快出版。
The police have put out a general call to the public.
警察局向群众发出通知。
The company put out 13 new machines every week.
这个公司每周生产13台机器。
The government will put out a new statement next week.
政府下一周将发表一项新的声明。
常用词组：put down 记下，写下，镇压 put up 举起，张贴，修建
put on 上演，穿上，戴上 put away 储存，收拾起来
put aside 存储，留下 put off推迟，延期
put up with忍受
对比：come out（vi.）bring out（vt.）publish（vt.）出版
14.question vt.询问，盘问，提问
You have no right to question me.
你无权盘问我。
He was questioned by the police.
警察盘问了他。
The teacher question us on verbs.
老师就动词考问我们。
常用短语：ask sb. a question问某人问题
question（v.）sb. on就……提问某人
beyond（all）question毫无疑问
out of question（certainly）毫无疑问
without question毫无疑问
out of the question（quite impossible）不可能
15.connect连接，把……联系起来
(1)vt. The road connects London and Edinburgh.
这条路把伦敦和爱丁堡连在一起。
The two cities are connected by a canal.
这两座城市由运河连在一起。
A good student must connect what he reads with and what he sees around him.
一个好学生必须把他所读的与所见的联系起来。
(2)be connected with与……有关系；与……有亲戚关系
She is connected with the Smiths.
她与史密斯家有亲戚关系。
对比：join…to…
Every family is joined to the world by Internet.
每个家庭由网络与世界联系在一起。
16.escape（1）vi.逃走；vt.逃避
The soldier managed to escape by running into the woods.
那个士兵进树林逃掉了。
You were lucky enough to escape punishment / being punished.
你很幸运逃脱了惩罚。
(2)n.[c]逃脱，逃亡
have a narrow escape 九死一生，死里逃生
17.once conj.一旦……（就……）
Once you began, you couldn’t stop.
一旦开始，你就不能停。
Once you object to a man, everything he does is wrong.
一旦你反对一个人，那么他做的一切都是错的。
对比：once强调条件意味；as soon as强调时间的紧接
As soon as you come to Beijing, please let me know.
你一来北京就请告诉我。
18.(1)cause n.（大家为之奋斗的）事业
Helping the poor is a worthy cause.
帮助穷人是一项有价值的事业。
World peace is the cause he works for.
世界和平是他为之奋斗的事业。
(2)vt.引起，导致
The sound caused me to jump back.
那声音吓得我向后退。
三、精典名题导解
题1 （NMET 北京）
All the people at the party were his supporters.
A. present B. thankful C. interested D. important
分析：A。present作形容词时的意思是“在场的”。参加会议的人都是他的支持者。
题2 （NMET 北京）
-I’m very with my own cooking. It looks nice and smells delicious.
-Mm, is does have a smell.
A. pleasant; pleased B. pleased; pleased
C. pleasant; pleasant D. pleased; pleasant
分析：D。pleased常用于形容人，pleasant 常用于形容物。第一句话表示对自己的烹调感到满意，第二句话表示所做的食物很好闻。
题3 （ 上海）
As I know, there is car in this neighborhood.
A. no such B. no a C. not such D. no such a
分析：A。not和可数名词单数连用时，要加不定冠词a（an），no和可数名词单数连用时，不用冠词。There is no such car.或There is not such a car.
题4 （NMET 2001 北京）
I’m surprised that you should have been fooled by such a (an) trick.
A. ordinary B. easy C. smart D. simple
分析：D。从surprised一词可知，对方因被如此简单的花招愚弄而感到吃惊。
题5 （NMET 2000）
If you want to change for a double room you’ll have to pay $ 15.
A. another B. other C. more D. each
分析：A。“再付十五美元”用“another + 基数词 + 复数名词”或“基数词 + more + 复数名词”。
题6 （春季高考题）
the general state of his health, it may take him a while to recover from the operation.
A. Given B. To give C. Giving D. Having given
分析：A。此题考查过去分词短语作条件状语从句的用法。从题意来判断，前部分是条件，后部分是主句，其主语是to recover from the operation，而不定式的逻辑主语是him,因此可以用过去分词短语来表示被动。
题7 （2002全国高考题）
The research is so designed that once nothing can be done to change it.
A. begins B. having begun C. beginning D. began
分析：D。once表示条件，意为“一旦……”，题干中once后面的部分可以完全地写为：once it is begun,其省略形式为once begun.
题8 （2000全国）
It’s always difficult being in a foreign country, if you don’t speak the language.
A. extremely B. naturally C. basically D. especially
分析：D。especially意为“特别地，尤其是”。
题9 （2000 北京）
-Mummy, can I put the peaches in the cupboard?
-NO, dear. They don’t well. Put them in the fridge instead.
A. keep B. fit C. get D. last
分析：A。don’t keep well意为“不能很好地保存”。
题10 Americans eat vegetables per person today as they did in 1910.
A. more than twice B. as twice as many
C. twice as many as D. more than twice as many
分析：D。more than twice表示数量，放在as…as结构前，是……的两倍多。美国人现在每人所吃的蔬菜果19的两倍多。
篇6：高三英语复习教案（6）（SB I-Units 11-12）(人教版高考复习英语教案教学设计)
单元考点提示
1.单词
A enjoy, alone, lonely, think, life
B some,either,want,improve,about,prepare,difference/different,service
2、短语
A no longer,instead of,be/get angry with sb.,be angry about/for sth.,be full of/fill…with,think well of,make fun of,from…to…,to the east/in the east/on the east,in the open air,make a record,eat up
B write to,ask for,pick up
3、句型结构
1）“had better+不带to的不定式”结构
①肯定句 ②否定句 ③疑问句 ④反意疑问句
2）“Why+不带to的不定式”
“Why not+不带to的不定式”
3）to be sure 其后通常跟that从句、不定式短语或介词短语。
4）it用作形式主语的句型是：It is/was+adj./n.+(for sb.)to do sth.句中不定式短语是真正的主语。
考点精析与拓展
I.单词和词组
1.the coming…:the next 即将/正在到来的。
①-Hi,why are you so busy?你好，怎么那么忙？
-Because I’m preparing for the coming examination我正为快要到来的考试做准备
②We have decided to hold a sports meet during the coming autumn.我们已经决定今年秋季开运动会。
2.hear vt,;vi.
（1）听见、听到（声音）。
①Listen!I heard somebody knocking at the door.听！我听到有人敲门。
②Old Granny can’t hear very well.老奶奶听觉不好了。
(2)hear that(宾从)听说某事
①I heard that he had come back.我听说他回来了。
②I heard that we were going to Qingdao for a holiday.Is that true?听说我们要去青岛度假，是真的吗？
（3）hear of 听说；获悉。
①I have heard of him,though I don’t know him.尽管我不认识他，但我听说过他。
②They have never heard of American country music.他们从没听说过美国的乡村音乐。
③They have never heard American country music。他们从没听过美国的乡村音乐。
（4）hear from sb.收到某人的来信。
-Have you heard from Peter recently?最近收到彼得的信了吗？
-No,I haven’t heard from him for three months.没有。我已3个月没收到他的信了。
3、broadcast vt.;vi.广播;播放。过去式和过去分词均为broadcast。
①The BBC broadcasts every day.BBC每天都广播。
②The news was broadcast on the radio.这个消息是收音机里播送的。
4、in the 1950:in the 1950’s 20世纪50年代。介词也可用during。
early/late in the 1990s:in the early/late 1990’s。 20世纪90年代早期/晚期。
5、once more:once again再一次；又一次。
①Read after me once more.再跟我读一遍。
②I’d like to see him once more.我想再见他一面。
6、turn to 其中to为介词。
（1）转向。
He turned to me and said hello to me.他转向我向我问好。
（2）查阅；求助于。
If you are in trouble,please turn to me.如果你有麻烦，请找我。
7、be angry with sb.生某人的气。
be angry at/about sth.因某事而生气。
①Don’t be angry with me for my being late?不要因为我迟到而生我的气。
②What are you angry about?你生什么气？
③He was angry at being kept waiting for so long.让他等了这么久，他很生气。
8．Think well/highly/much of 高度赞扬……；对……赞赏、印象好。
①All the teachers think well of Yang Pei.所有老师都对杨蓓印象很好。
②Our work was well thought of.我们的工作受到了高度评价。
反义词组为：think poorly/little/nothing of
9.make fun of取笑；嘲笑。
①It’s wrong to make fun of the blind.取笑盲人是不对的。
②It’s bad manners to make fun of a person who is in trouble.拿困境中的人开玩笑是不礼貌的。
10．remain link-v.保持；仍旧的。
①He remained silent at the meeting.在会上他一言不发。
②His books remain very new because he hardly read them。他的书仍然很新，因为他几乎没读。
11、keep doing sth.连续、持续地做某事。
①They kept sitting there for several hours.他们在那里连续坐了好几个小时。
②He kept asking silly questions.他不住地问些愚蠢的问题。
12、eat up 吃光；吃掉。
He was so hungry that he ate up all the cakes and none was left.他太饿了，把所有的蛋糕都吃完了，一点也没剩。
类似的短语还有：drink up喝光；喝净。/burn up 烧完；烧掉。/use up 用完；用尽。/clean up打扫干净。
13、go with 与……相配；适合。
I’d like a pair of shoes to go with my trousers.我想要一双和我的裤子相配的鞋。
14、advice建议；劝告。是不可数名词，“一条建议”应用a piece of advice。常用结构。
give sb.advice(on)/give advice给某人提（关于……的）建议；忠告某人。
ask(sb.)for advice征求（某人的）意见。
①Marx gave us some good advice on how to learn a foreign language.关于如何学好外语，马克思给我们提了些好建议。
②If you take /follow my advice,you’ll pass the exam.如果你听从我的建议，你会考试及格的。
③Let’s ask our teacher for some advice.咱们征求一下老师的意见吧。
15、pick up
(1)捡起；捡起。
The naughty boy picked up a stone and threw it at the dog.那调皮的孩子捡起块石头向狗扔去。
（2）用车接；中途顺便搭人接物。
①I’ll pick you up at the school gate.我用车到校门口接你。
②On her way home,she went to the nursery to pick up her son.回家的路上，她顺便到托儿所接她儿子。
（3）接收（相当于receive）。
It’s easy for my radio to pick up VOA.我的收音机接收美国之音很容易。
16、such as 例如；诸如。用于列举同类的人或事物。
①Writers such as Lu Xun and Ba Jin are well-known to all.象鲁迅、巴金这样的作家是众所周知的。
②This summer we’re going to visit some places of interest,such as the Great wall,the Summer palace and the Imperial Palace.今年夏天我们要去参观一些名胜古迹，如长城，颐和园、故宫等。
注意:and so on 等等。用于并列成分之后。
Here you can buy oil,salt,sugar,vineger and so on.在这里可以买到油、盐、糖、醋等。
17、remain;stay
remain vi.逗留、保持；指人（也可指物）逗留在一定的场所，也指物保持原来的形状或状态。
stay 逗留；仅指人（不可用物）逗留在一定场所。
How many weeks shall you remain/stay here?你将在此地停留多久？
I shall remain/stay to see the end of the game.我将留下来看比赛的结果。
Let it remain as it is .听其自然.
It remained unharmed.它仍然无损。
remain+表语（名词、形容词、不定式、分词和分词短语）意为“保持……、仍是……”
作“剩下、遗留”讲，用remain。如：
after the fire, nothing remained to the house.大火过后，屋子所剩无几。
If you take two from four, two remains.四减二剩二。
18.含take 的词组
我们已学习了短语take part in. 有关take的常用短语还有许多，现列举出一些供同学们复习。
take a bath:洗个澡 take a taxi:打的
take off:脱去；起飞 take care of:照料
take exercise:运动 take away:拿走
take a look:看一看 take turns:轮流
take one’s time:慢慢做 take a photo：拍照
take one’s temperature:量休温 take a bus:乘公共汽车
take medicine:服药 take an interest in: 对……感兴趣
take a seat:就座 take the floor：起立发言
take a prize:获奖 take the chair:当主席
take place:发生 take hold of:握住
take a rest：休息一下 take in:收容
take fire：着火 take a drive：乘马车
take a nap:小睡一会儿（午觉） take a shower：洗个淋浴
take a trip:旅行 take a walk：散个步
19．On the air/in the air/by air/in the open air
on the air表示(用无线电、电视)播送节目。如：
What’s on the air this evening?
今晚的广播内容是什么？
These programmes come on the air everyday. 这些节目每天广播。
其反义词为go off the air“停止广播”。如
This radio station goes off the air at midnight.这家广播电台于午夜停止广播。
in the air表示“在空中、在流传中、（问题，计划等）悬而未决（未确定的）、充满了（某种）气氛”。如：
There was dampness in the air.
空气潮湿。
Bofore the matter was publicly announced, it had long been in the air.
这件事在公诸于世之前早就传得满城风雨了。
The plan is quite in the air.
这个计划还很渺茫。
The Spring Festival was in the air for weeks before.几周前就充满了春节的气氛。
by air 表示“乘飞机、由航空”。如
He went to Shanghai by air.
他乘飞机去上海.
in the open air 表示“在户外、在露天里”。如：
People love life in the open air.
人们喜欢露天生活。
20.another day/the other day/some day/one day
another day 可表示近期将来的某一天，意为“改天”，也可表示过去将来某一动作或状态延续的“又一天”。如:
She is coming another day instead of today. 她今天不来，改天来。
You may do it another day.
你可以改天做这件事。
He stayed there (for) another day/another two days after I lift.
我离开后他在那又待了一天/两天。
the other day 相当于a few days ago,意为“几天前、某天、那天、不久前”，句中用一般过去时。如：
I met her in the street the other day.
几天前我在街上碰见过她。
I bought the watch the other day.
这手表我是几天前买的。
some day指将来“总有一天、有朝一日、终将、（日后）某一天”，谓语动词用一般将来时.如:
Your wishes will come true some day.
总有一天你的愿望会实现的。
Some day you’ll have to pay for what you have done.
总有一天你要为你的行为而付出代价的。
one day可以表示“（过去）某一天”，谓语动词常用一般过去式；也可表示“（将来）某一天”，这时可与some day互相代替，谓语常用一般将来时。如：
One day I went to see my first teacher ,but he happened to be out.
有一天，我去看我的启蒙老师，可碰巧他出去了。
He will understand the teacher one day/some day.
将来有一天，他会理解老师的。
21.其他：
①country music乡村音乐
pop music流行音乐
②on the radio在收音机里
on TV在电视里
③make a record做记录；录制唱片
④in the open air 在户外，在野外
⑤on the air:over the air 在广播
⑥in…language用……语言
⑦write（a letter）to 给……写信
⑧tens of thousands of 成千上万的
II．句型
1. no longer 不再。通常置于行为动词之前，动词be之后，偶尔也置于全句的末尾。
①He no longer lives here.他不住这里了。
②Don’t worry about her. After all she is no longer a child .别为她担心。毕竟她不再是个小孩子了。
③I shall wait no longer.我不等了。
no longer 常可相当于not…any longer. not 用来否定谓语, any longer 置于句末。上面的句子可分别改作:
①He don’t live here any longer.
②Don’t worry about her. After all she isn’t a child any longer.
③I shall not wait any longer.
注意：no more（相当于not…any more）也是“不再”的意思。no longer是把现在的情况和过去对比，时态以现在时为多，有时也用过去时或将来时；no more 指今后如何，通常用将来时态。
①I can no longer stand it.我再也受不了。
②I will go there no more.我再也不到那地方去了。
美国人有时用起来比较随便。
He is no more/no longer ill.他的病好了。
另外：涉及数量或程度时要用no more; 谈到时间表示once but not now（有一度、曾经那样，但现在不了时），要用no longer.
①There is no more bread.没有面包了。
②I no longer support the Conservative Party.我不再支持保守党了。（曾经支持过）
2． not just…but…：not only…but(also)…（also可省略）不仅/不但……而……。
该句型可连接两个并列的主语、谓语、宾语、表语和状语，说话的侧重点在后一部分。当连接两个并列主语时，谓语应同靠近的主语在人称和数上取得一致。
①Not just you but he likes the country music very much.不但你，而且他也很喜欢乡村音乐。
②He can not just drive but repair a car.他不仅会开而且会修车。
③I like not just pop music but country music.我不仅喜欢流行音乐，而且喜欢乡村音乐。
④This book is not just interesting but also useful.这本书不但有趣而且有用。
⑤Lu Xun is famous not just in China but in the whole world.鲁迅不只在中国有名，而且在全世界都很著名。
3．……while playing the guitar.
时间和条件状语从句常常可以简化。这时引导从句的词常有：when/while/whenever/before/after/until/till/和if/unless/though,但简化必须符合下面两个条件。
（1）当从句与主句主语一致，且从句谓语有be的某种形式时，常可以把从句的主语及be省略掉。
①Be careful when(you are) crossing the street 过马路的时候要小心。
②While (he was)walking along the sands.Crusoe saw some footprints in the sand.克鲁索沿沙滩走着的时候，看到沙子上有些脚印。
③I won’t go to her party unless(I am) invited.要是不受到邀请，我就不去参加她的宴会。
④He knows many things though(he is)very young.他年龄不大，但知道的事不少。
（2）当从句为it is + adj.时，也常将it is省略掉。
①When (it is)possible,I’ll go to Beijing to see you.可能的时候，我将去北京看你。
②If (it is)necessary, I’ll come tomorrow.必要的话，明天我就来。
4．It is/was + adj. + for/of sb.+ to do sth.某人做某事是…….
该句的It 为形式主语，真正的主语是后面的不定式（短语），for/of sb.是不定式的逻辑主语。能用于该句型的形容词常有：（1）important/ unimportant/ necessary/ possible/ impossible/ hard/ difficult/ easy/ useful/ usual/ unusual等。这些形容词的后面常用for来表示不定式的逻辑主语。
①It’s important(for you)to learn English well.(你们)学好英语很重要。
②It’s not easy for them to finish the work within three hours.对他们来说3小时内完成这项工作很难。
（2）right/ wrong/ clever/ foolish/ stupid/ nice/ kind/ rude/ polite/ impolite等。这些形容词的后面常用of 介词短语表示不定式的逻辑主语。
①It’s kind of you to help us.你们帮助我们真是太好了。
②It’s impolite of a person to interrupt people while they are talking.打断别人谈话的人是不礼貌的。
5.so far迄今为止；到现在为止。通常用现在完成时连用，so far可置于句首、句中或句末。
①So far we have learned English for six years.到今年我们已经学了6年英语了。
②Your work has been good so far this year.今年迄今为止你的工作很出色。
③ We haven’t heard from Tom so far.至今我们还没收到汤姆的来信。
6．the + 比较级，the + 比较级 越……，就越……。
①The busier he is ,the happier he feels。越忙他越高兴。
②The harder you work, the greater progress you’ll make.你学习越努力，取得的进步就越大。
③The more hppily we live,the more we realize how much we owe to the Party。我们过得越幸福，就会更加认识到共产党的恩情。
④The more I hear, the more I laugh.越听我笑得越厉害。
7．Of + n.（抽象句词）相当于该名词相应的形容词，在句中可用作表语或补语。
能用于该句型的名词有：help/ use/ value/ importance等。其对应的形容词分别为：helpful/ useful/ valuable/ important.
①This book is of great use/ very useful.这本书很有用。
②His advice is of great value/ very valuable.他的建议很有价值。
③English is of great importance/ very important to us.英语对我们来说很重要。
经典名题导解
题1（NMET ）
You’ll find this map of great___________ in helping you to get round London.
A. price B. cost C. value D. usefulness
分析：C。“be of + 抽象名词”；句意为“你会发现这张地图对帮助你在伦敦旅游大有益处”，A，B 不合句意。D为可数名词。Value为抽象名词，意为“益处、价值”。
题2(上海 1998)
The lady said she would buy a gift for her daughter with the________.
A.20 dollars remained . B.remaining 20 dollars.
C.remained 20 dollars. D.20 dollars to remain
分析：B。 remaining adj.剩下的。the remaining students剩下的学生。the remaining 11 seats 剩下的11个座位。
题3 Tom was disappointed that most of the guests_____ when he_____ at the party.
A.left; had arrived B.left; arrived
C.had left; had arrived D.had left; arrived
分析：D。句中was决定从句必须使用与过去相关的时态，leave的动作先于arrive，所以用过去完成时态。
题4（NMET 2002）
I wonder why Jenny____ us recently. We should have heard from her by now.
A.hasn’t written B.doesn’t write
C.won’t write D.hadn’t written
分析：A。该题考查现在完成时用法。题干中有recently“最近”一词。
题5（上海 ）
Those T-shirts are usually $ 35 each, but today they have a _____ price of $ 19 in the Shopping Center.
A.regular B.special C.cheap D.particular
分析：B。对于price只能用high,low修饰，不能用cheap;根据句中可以看出，“19美元对照35美元”是“特价”，故选择B。
题6（NMET 2000）
It’s always diffcult being in a foreign country, ______ if you don’t speak the language.
A．extremely B．naturally C．basically D．especially
分析：D。该题考查四个副词的区别。从句意很容易判断出especially“尤其是、特别是”,符合题意。
题7 It was about 600 years ago____ the first clock with a face and an hour hand was made.
A．that B．until C．before D.when
分析A。这是一个强调句，强调的部分是about 600 years ago.其结构为“it is+被强调部分that+剩余部分”。一般来讲，把it is...that...去掉之后原句应不改变原意。
题8 It is careless _______ you to do that.
A．for B．to C．of D．with
分析：C。此题考查动词不定式作主语。在这个结构中，只能用of或for介绍逻辑主语。由于本题介词后的逻辑主语 you可以与careless连用，即：You are careless.所以选C.如不能，则用for.
篇7：高三Unit 18教案及练习(人教版高考复习英语教案教学设计)
一、教学目标与要求
通过本单元教学，学生应能熟练地运用“要电话”的常用语；复习第13～17单元的语法项目；了解办公设备现代化和有关防火安全的知识。
二、教学重点与难点
1．重点词汇
rush sb．off his feet, change, action, repair, work on, fix up
2．重要句型
1) It is better to ask for help at the beginning rather than to wait until a busy period when everyone is rushed off their feet．
2) What is more, this “information line” operates 24 hours a day．
3) It did not take the firefighters long to put out the fire, and they at once started to look for causes of the fire．
4) They had to work inside the ship, cutting away old metal, fixing new metal plates, drilling holes, laying electrical and phone wires and fixing new pipes for water and steam．
3．语法 复习ing形式，to do和表达等
4．日常交际用语
1) May I speak to…? 2) Hello．Who's that speaking? 3) I called to tell you…4) Hold on, please 5) Wait a moment．6) Can I take (leave) a message?
三、难点讲解
The man who had fixed up the air line was also questioned.
1．fix up
A．修理，安装；改变式样(使……仪容端正)。例如：
1) They are busy fixing up the lights．他们在忙着安装灯光设备。
2) Wait until I get fixed up．稍等一下，我把仪容打扮整齐。
Let's fix up a date (a time and place ) for the meeting．我们来决定聚会的日期(时间和场所)吧。
C．为(某人)安排。例如：
I will fix you up for the night。我来为你安排今晚的住宿。
D．解决(纷争)，收拾。例如：
They are fixed the matter up now．他们现在已把问题解决了。
2．fix…up with为……准备(提供)。例如：
1)I fixed him up with a job．我给他安排了一个工作。
2)Can you fix me up with a room for three nights? 你能替我安排住三个晚上的房间吗？
四、复习与检测
Ⅰ．从A、B、C、D中找出其加粗部分与所给单词划线部分读音相同的选项。
1．foreign A．chain B．remain C．receive D．bargain
2．frequent A．repay B．relative C．remind D．declare
3．position A．explode B．prison C．honour D．condition
4．danger A．language B．orange C．blanket D．single
5．fuel A．cruel B．tour C．due D．pure
6．In order to ______ the flood, the soil on the hillside must be held by planting more trees.
A．clear up; in order
B．hold up; in place
C．put up ; in the place
D．call off ; in time
7．______ the Party's help, the villagers moved into new houses soon after the big flood.
A．Thank to
B．Thanks to
C．To thank
D．Thank for
8．----______ can I do with such a situation?
----Take ______ measure you consider best．
A．How ; whichever
B．What ; whatever
C．How; Whatever
D．What; whichever
9．You look ______ in blue while red clothes are nice her.
A．well; for
B．good ; on
C．well ; to
D．good ; at
10．You'll make mistakes if you do things ______.
A．in a short while
B．in a minute
C．in a hurry
D．at the same time
11．The manager, ______, stopped to apologize to the workers．
A．realize his mistake
B．realized his mistake
C．to realize his mistake
D．his mistake realized
12．Hardly ______ to the cinema ______ the film began．
A．had he got; than
B．he had got; when
C．did he get; than
D．had he got; when
13．All life on the earth ______ on the sun.
A．depends
B．carries
C．keeps
D．goes
14．That boy works hard, I ______ him to succeed in the exam.
A．like
B．expect
C．think
D．need
15．Father will not ______ us to use his recorder.
A．have
B．let
C．agree
D．allow
16.______ plastics, the machine is light in weight.
A．To make of
B．Having made
C．To be made of
D．Made of
17．I'm sure all will go well as ______．
A．to be planned
B．being planned
C．planned
D．having planned
18．----We are having our daughter's wedding at the end of the summer．Do you think you ______?
----I'll do my best, but I think I'll be away then．
A．can see it
B．can make it
C．can see to that
D．can make that
19．Although she was listening, she didn't hear ______ because there was so much noise.
A．what he says
B．what did he say
C．what he was saying
D．what was he saying
20．Where and how to find him ______ to us．
A．is not known
B．are not known
C．don't know
D．doesn't know
21．Liverpool ______ yet．What's wrong?
A．don't score
B．doesn't score
C．hadn't scored
D．haven't scored
22．______ we should close the shop has not been discussed.
A．Whether
B．If
C．That
D．Which
23．They decided not to make a trip to Tibet ______.
A．but stay at the present place
B．instead of staying at the place
C．but to remain where they were
D．so they remained at the place they were now
24．Come here and stay with us for a moment, ______?
A．will you
B．shall you
C．don't you
D．aren't you
25．----You did very well on your test．
-----______.
A．Oh, no ! I was worried
B．That's terrific ! I was worried
C．That's all right．Thank you
D．Sure．That sounds good
Ⅲ．完形填空。
A gentleman put an advertisement in a newspaper for a boy to work in his office． 26 nearly fifty persons who came for the 27, the man selected (挑选) one and dismissed(打发)the 28.
“I should like to 29 ,” said a friend, “the reason you 30 that boy, who brought not 31 a letter, not a single recommendation (推荐信).”
“You are wrong,”said the gentleman.“He had a great 32．He wiped his feet in front of the 33 and closed it 34 him, showing that he was 35．He gave his seat immediately 36 that old man, showing that the was kind and 37．He took off his cap 38 he came in and answered my 39 quickly, showing that he was 40 and gentlemanly.”
“All the 41 stepped over the book which I had purposely put on the 42．He picked it up and 43 it on the table; and he waited of his 44 instead of pushing and crowding．As I 45 him, I 46 his tidy clothing, his neatly 47 hair and his clean 48．Can't you see that these things are 49 recommendations? I consider them more 50 than letters.”
26．A．In B．For C．Of D．Among
27．A．job B．office C．work D．advertisement
28．A．all B．some C．boys D．others
29．A．see B．have C．tell D．know
30．A．asked for B．preferred C．took D．brought
31．A．yet B．still C．even D．already
32．A．many B．a lot C．so D．such
33．A．door B．house C．window D．room
34．A．before B．behind C．at D．by
35．A．kind B．helpful C．strict D．well-mannered
36．A．up B．to C．for D．in
37．A．thankful B．friendly C．ordinary D．hopeful
38．A．as B．while C．which D．where
39．A．questions B．telephone C．letter D．advertisement
40．A．silly B．foolish C．bright D．slow
41．A．friends B．people C．gentlemen D．workers
42．A．desk B．tale C．ground D．floor
43．A．lay B．placed C．threw D．dropped
44．A．place B．work C．turn D．position
45．A．spoke B．said to C．talked to D．told
46．A．noticed B．realized C．knew D．recognized
47．A．washed B．combed C．made D．cut
48．A．finger nails B．shoe C．hats D．jacket
49．A．false B．very C．indeed D．right
50．A．interesting B．exciting C．attractive D．important
Ⅳ．阅读理解。
阅读下列短文，从每题四个选项中，选出最佳答案。
A
Tom was a writer．He wrote detective stories for magazines．One evening he could not find an end for a story．He sat with his typewriter (打字员) in front of him, but he had no idea．So he decided to go to the cinema.
When he came back, he found that he had a visitor．Someone had broken into his flat．The man had a drink, smoked several of Tom's cigarettes and had read his story．The visitor left Tom a note: “I have read your story and I don't think much of it．But if you become a successful writer, I'll return.”
Tom read the burglar's (资贼) suggestions．Then he sat down and wrote the rest of the story．He is still not a successful writer, and he is waiting for the burglar to return．Before he goes out in the evening, he always leaves a half-finished story near his typewriter.
51．The man came to Tom's flat to ______．
A．steal something
B．have a drink
C．see Tom
D．read Tom's story
52．The man thought that Tom's story was ______.
A．rather poor
B．quite good
C．too short
D．not worth thinking of
53．The man threatened (威胁) to ______.
A．steal Tom's story
B．write more stories
C．come back every night
D．come back and do stealing again
54．Tom found the burglar's suggestions were very ______.
A．successful
B．amusing
C．foolish
D．helpful
55．Tom would like to ______.
A．meet his visitor
B．get more idea from him
C．have his stories stolen
D．be robbed more often
B
MUSIC
AM 640 KHz
09:00 Top Chinese Songs
11:00 Foreign Light Music
14:15 World-famous Music
15:10 Chinese Songs Sung by Peng Liyuan
AM 720 KHz
09:00 Music World
13:00 Window on Chinese Music
15:00 Foreign Classic Music
17:00 Chinese Songs by Famous Singers
ON TV
CCTV-1 Channel 2
17:20 Programmes for Children
19:00 News and Weather Forecast
20:05 23-part Serial (连续剧): The Times of Pecac (8)
23:00 News in English
CCTV-3 Channel 15
12:00 Music Knowledge: Piano
14:00 Music Bridge
18:00 Opera Fans Garden
19:00 Peking Opera Stars
CCTV-4 Channel 32
19:00 News and Weather Forecast
21:00 Chinese News
CCTV-6 Channel 18
16:28 Chinese Movie: Singing at Midnight
19:50 American Movie: Speed
23:31 Chinese Movie: Hardships of the Hainan Island
BTV-1 Channel 6
17:12 12-part Serial: The Third Bridge (4)
18:30 Beijing News and Weather Forecast
56．If you want to enjoy yourself in the morning, you can ______.
A．see movies on TV
B．listen to music on TV
C．listen to some excellent Chinese songs on radio
D．listen to some foreign music on TV
57．By CCTV-6 you can
A．learn what has happened in our country
B．enjoy music
C．see a lot of movies
D．see operas
58．You know what the weather will be like all over the country if you turn on ______.
A．your TV at 7 p．m.
B．your radio at 8 A．m．
C．your TV at 6:30 p．m.
D．your TV at 9 p．m．
59．Which of the following is not true?
A．Children may like CCTV-1 Channel 2．
B．You can enjoy good music only on radio.
C．From BTV-1 Channel 6 you can get to know something that happens in Beijing.
D．CCTV-6 is a movie Channel．
60．If you want to know more about China, you can choose
A．Channel 2
B．Channel 32
C．Channel 18
D．Channel 27
Ⅴ．单词拼写。
61．Great ______ (变化) have taken place in our country．
62．It's ______ (肯定的) that he'll pass the examination．
63．He asked the man in the water to ______ (抓住) the rope．
64．There are seven ______ (奇迹) in the world.
65．We have friends ______ (遍及) the world.
66．How many b______ of beer are there on the table?
67．Beijing is the c______ of China.
68．He t______ me on the forehead with his left hand.
69．He wrote an a______ on reading.
70．He has a large q______ of books．
Ⅵ．短文改错。
After a day of work, the body need to have a 71．______
rest．Sleep is necessary for well health．The rest 72．______
you get while sleep makes your body be able to prepare 73．______
itself the next day．There are four levels of sleep. 74．______
Each is little deeper than the one before．As you 75．______
will sleep, your body relaxes (放松)．Your heart 76．______
beats more slowly and your brain slows down．If you 77．______
have troubles falling asleep, some people suggest 78．______
breathing slowly and deeply and the other people 79．______
believe that drink warm milk will help make you 80．______
sleepy．Will you try them both?
篇8：高三阅读理解训练(人教版高考复习英语教案教学设计)
A Magnesium(镁) is another mineral we now get by collecting huge amount of ocean water and treating it with chemicals, although man first got it from the treatment of rocks. In a cubic mile of seawater there are about four million tons of magnesium. Since the means used to get magnesium was developed about 1941, production has increased a great deal. It was magnesium that made possible the wartime growth of the plane industry, for every plane made in the United States (and in most other countries, too) has about half a ton of magnesium metal. And it has many uses in other industries where a lightweight metal is most wanted, besides its long-standing utility (效用) as a material that does not carry electricity, and its use in printing inks and medicine.
1. What was the paragraph about which this passage follows?
A. The place where magnesium was found. B. Unusual qualities of magnesium.
C. A different mineral collected from seawater. D. The use of chemicals in treating seawater.
2. What is the main topic of this passage?
A. Uses of seawater. B. Treatment of seawater.
C. Chemical qualities of magnesium. D. Sources and uses of magnesium.
3. The new means of getting magnesium directly led to ______.
A. the development of using seawater B. increased plane production
C. improved medicine D. the development of cheap ink for printing
4. Why is magnesium important to industry?
A. It is strong. B. It conducts(传导) heat well. C. It weighs little. D. It is inexpensive to produce.
5. During the past fifty years the demand for magnesium has _______.
A. slowed down greatly B. remained the same C. increased slightly D. risen greatly
B The sky usually looks light blue. But if you went to the top of the highest mountain, went to the top of the highest mountain, where there is less air between you and the sun to scatter the sunlight, the sky would be deep, dark blue. And if you rode in a rocket high above the earth, where there is no air at all to scatter the sunlight, the sky would be so dark that it would be black.
Sometimes the sky doesn't look blue. At sunrise and sunset, the light from the sun sometimes is scattered in such a way that you see red, orange, and other colors in the sky.
1. The sky usually looks light blue because _____.
A. the sun is light and blue B. the air is light and blue
C. the air scatters the sunlight D. the sunlight is blue
2. The sky looks dark blue when _____.
A. there is less air between you and the sun B. there is high mountain
C. the mountain is highest D. you climb a mountain
3. The sky looks black if ______.
A. you ride in a rocket B. the rocket is high in the sky
C. the rocket is high above the earth D. there is no air to scatter the sunlight
4. Sometimes the sky doesn't look blue because ______.
A. the sun is rising B. the sun is setting
C. the air has different colors D. the light from the sun is scattered in a different way
5. A good title for this passage would be _______.
A. The Sky Looks Blue B. Why the Sky Looks Colorful
C. The Beautiful Sunlight D. Something About the Air
C More and more often we heard of people talking about Karaoke(卡拉OK). But what on earth it is about, still remains a question for many people.
Karaoke is a sort of acoustic equipment(音响设备) which was invented in Japan around the middle of the 1970's. It means “a band without people” in Japanese. In fact, it is just a music tape without words. This equipment first appeared in some public houses and snack bars (快餐店), and mainly for the customers to enjoy themselves. Most of the music in Karaoke was popular music. Therefore, at times, when anyone felt like it, he might sing songs to the accompaniment (伴奏) of the music that came from the equipment.
Shortly after its invention, Karaoke was spread (流传) to the whole world. It was introduced to China and was welcomed by many people. Although you are not a good singer, or even sometimes you may sing out of tune, you can always enjoy yourself by singing Karaoke.
1. In this passage “band” means “group of persons ________.”
A. who play games on the sports ground B. who play music together
C. living in the same neighbourhood D. doing things together under a leader and with a common purpose
2. Karaoke is just a ______
A. cassette tape with only music B. cassette tape recorder
C. band from Japan D. voice recording equipment
3. People went to public houses and snack bars ______when Karaoke appeared.
A. to have a good time B. to have something to drink
C. to get something to eat D. to buy the equipment
4. Karaoke was spread to the whole world ________.
A. as soon as it was invented B. long before C. not long after it was invented D. before long
5. The main idea of this passage is ______.
A. all persons like to play Karaoke B. to introduce Karaoke to the people
C. Karaoke is a wonderful equipment D. Karaoke is used everywhere including snack bars
D Beijing's sky watchers will no doubt be excited when they see with their own eyes a bright comet (彗星) all night long. Comet C/ B2 (Hyakutake) was first observed by Hyakutake, a Japanese amateur astronomer, on January 30, 1996. It can be seen with the naked eyes over China, Europe and other northern areas as nightly through the last week of March and first ten days of April. On March 25, it was closed to the earth--about 15 million kilometres or one-seventh the distance between the earth and the sun.
What is more exciting is that there will be two more rare events in the sky, it is predicted (预言) that another comet, Hale-Bopp, found on July 23, 1995, by Americans Alan Hale and Thomas Bopp, is expected to pass over the northern part of Heilongjiang Province in March . The comet, estimated to be 10X15 kilometres in size, will not return for 3000 years.
What is even more rare is that a total solar eclipse(日蚀) is expected to occur on March 9, 1997, over Mongolia, Siberia and Northern Heilongjiang Province. When the sky turns dark, people should be able to see the eclipse and the bright comet Hale-Bopp at the same time.
An observation trip to Mohe, Heilongjiang Province, is being organized for the March1997 Sky events, as well as a nationwide astro-photo competition.
March 29-31, 1996 Weekend
1. Beijing sky watchers will be excited because _______.
A. they have observed a comet by themselves
B. they expect to see the comet found by a Japanese amateur astronomer through telescope
C. they expect to see with their naked eyes the comet found by Hyakutake
D. they will see a comet through a telescope for the first time
2. The two more exciting and rare sky events will occur in March, l997 are ______.
A. comet Hale-Bopp and comet Hyakutake B. a comet and a lunar eclipse
C. a comet found by two Americans and a solar eclipse D. a solar eclipse and comet Hyakutake
3. Which of the following statements is not true?
A. Comet Hale-Bopp and Comet Hyakutake will pass over the northern part of Heilongjiang Province in 1997. B. March 25 was supposed to be the best time to observe Comet Hyakutake.
C. A total solar eclipse will occur in Mongolia.
D. A nationwide astro-photo competition will be organized in March, 1997.
4. According to the newspaper article we learn that Hyakutake ______.
A. is an expert in astronomy B. works as an astronomer
C. has a great interest in astronomy D. is made to observe comets in the sky
E Collecting coins (or numismatics to the more seriously minded) is one of the world's popular hobbies. Although you can begin collecting coins at any age, most mumismatists will recall their hobby being stimulated in childhood. My interest was kindled as a ten-year-old child when I was presented with a small tin of old coins by the boyfriend of an elder sister. I wasn't rich all of a sudden but I was certainly impressed by possessing objects that were so many times older than myself. Such is the fascination of coins for old and young alike.
Many people are astonished to hear that coins issued before the birth of Christ-representing sixty generations of human life--can be bought for just a few dollars. Owning something which has literaly passed through the hands of so many of our ancestors (祖先) is instantly appealing. When such a coin is not only rare but beautiful, it is not surprising that collectors will pay thousands of dollars to own it. Australia's own coins, although so much more recent than, say, Roman coins, can still be very valuable. For example, in March 1992 an Australian 1920 sovereign was sold for $287,000 at a London auction.
Coins speak to us from the past. If we care to study them we can learn more about how our ancestors used to think. But perhaps most interestingly, we can discover how people dealt with one another. Basically, coins represent the value put upon objects which we own and want to trade, now or at some future date. We can call this complex system currency(货币).Australia, like few other countries in the world, can trace its history through its currency.
1. The word closest in meaning to “was kindled” as it is used in the passage is ____.
A. begin B. dived C. filled D. went
2. If something is “instantly appealing” it is ______.
A. wildly exciting B. immediately pleasing C. invariably interesting D. strangely curious
3. Australia's coins can be valuable even though _______.
A. they have been passed down through generations B. they are not very old
C. the currency has changed D. the currency system is complex
4. The author feels that numismatics goes beyond mere collecting as it offers the hobbyist _____.
A. an understanding of the past B. eventual wealth
C. opportunities for overseas travel D. the chance to collect extremely old coins
5. According to the passage which of the following statements is TRUE?
A. Coin collecting has always been an expensive hobby.
B. Numismatics appeals to both children and adults.
C. Coins were not issued before the birth of Christ.
D. Australia is unique in that it can trace its history through coins.
F Like most people your intelligence (智力) changes from season to season. You are probably a lot sharper in the spring than you are at any other time of the year. A well-known scientist, Ellsworth Huntington, concluded from other men's work and his own among peoples in different climates(气候) that climate and temperature have a clear effect on our intelligence.
He found that cool weather is much better for creative (创造性) thinking than warm weather. This does not mean that all people are not so quick at learning in the summer as they are during the rest of the year. It does mean, however, that the intelligence of large numbers of people seems to be lowest in the summer.
Spring appears to be the best period of the year for thinking. One reason may be that in the spring man's intelligence is effected by the same factors (因素) that bring about great changes in all nature.
Autumn is the next-best season, then winter. As for summer, it seems to be a good time to take long holidays from thinking!
1. Huntington decided that climate and temperature have _____.
A. some effect on most people's intelligence
B. a great effect on everyone's intelligence
C. a great effect on the intelligence of those living in a hot climate
D. a deep effect on the intelligence of those living in a hot climate
2. One possible reason why spring is the best period for thinking is that ______.
A. it is the first season of the year B. it lasts longer than the other seasons
C. it has more sunny days than rainy days D. it is good for the growth of all nature
3. We may conclude that Huntington ________.
A. invented many things after he had drawn the conclusion
B. joined some other men research work
C. drew the conclusion only from his own experience
D. got support his work from peoples in different climates
4. Which of the following is the right order from the worst period to the best period of the year for
thinking? A. Summer--winter--autumn--spring. B. Spring--autumn--winter--summer.
C. Summer--autumn--winter--spring. D. Spring--summer--autumn--winter.
5. Which title best gives the main idea of the passage?
A. The Seasons of the Year. B. Climate and Temperature.
C. Intelligence and the Seasons. D. Great Changes in Nature.
G For thousands of millions of years the moon has been going round the earth. During this time, the moon has been the only satellite of the earth. Today, however, the earth has many other satellites all made by man. These man-made satellites are very much smaller than the moon. However, some of them will still be going round the earth thousands of years from now.
Man-made satellites do not fall because they are going too fast to do so. As they speed along, they tend(倾向) to go straight off into space. They pull out of the earth, or its gravity, which keeps them from doing this. As a result, they travel in an orbit round the earth.
If a man-made satellite travels about a certain height, it can keep going on and on round the earth, just like the moon. This is because it is above the atmosphere, and there is nothing to slow it down. If it travels lower than that it will be slowed down so much that it will fall to the earth.
Men have sent spaceship to the moon and to the two nearest planets Mars (火星) and Venus (金星). By putting a camera on board of the spaceship to the moon, men have been able to take photographs of the other side of the moon. This side is always hidden from us as the moon circles the earth. The photos were later transmitted(传送) by radio to the earth. They showed that the other side of the moon is very much the same as the side that is turned towards us.
1. The moon is ______ the other satellites of the earth in size. A. much smaller than B. much bigger than C. less bigger than D. as big as
2. Man-made satellites travel in an orbit round the earth because _____.
A. they travel at a high speed B. they are very light in weight
C. the earth's gravity keeps them from going straight off into space D. both A and C
3. If a man-made satellite travels in the atmosphere, it will _______.
A. go straight off into space B. fall to the earth C. circle the earth forever D. both A and C
4. Photos show that the side of the moon hidden from us is _____ the side facing us.
A. brighter than B. different from C. the same as D. more beautiful than
5. We can only see one side of the moon because _______.
A. the moon has no gravity B. the moon keeps going round the earth
C. the moon goes side by side with the earth D. we haven't put a camera on board of the spaceship 新闻A Guangzhou (Xinhua)--12 people were killed and 20 injured early yesterday morning when they jumped from a burning train car into the path of an oncoming goods train in Southern China.
When No. 247 Wuchang--Guangzhou passenger train was passing the Dayaoshan Tunnel (隧道) in Guangdong Province, South China at 00 ：17 hours yesterday, a fire caused by passengers' smoking broke out on No. 17 car. They wanted to extinguish(扑灭) fire. As the train stopped some frightened passengers jumped from windows.
12 people were crushed to death and 20 others injured by a northward passing goods train(No. 1766).
1. In which direction did the passenger train travel? A. Norhtward. B. Southward. C. Eastward. D. Westward.
2. When did the accident happen?
A. At 00:17 am. B. At 00:17 pm. C. At seventeen past one. D. At seventeen to one.
3. Where did the accident happen?
A. In Wuchang. B. In Guangzhou. C. In Hubei. D. In Guangdong.
4. For what did the passenger train stop?
A. To put out the fire. B. To let the passengers jump out.
C. To let the other train pass. D. To pick up some other passengers.
5. What was the cause of the fire?
A. A heavy rain. B. High temperature. C. Carelessness. D. Fear.
B * Zhu to attend Asem in London
China's new premier, Zhu Rongji is to
attend the Second Asia-Europe Meeting
(Asem) and visit Britain and France
between March 31 and April 7 in his first
foreign trip since taking office.
--Page 2
* Laid-off (下岗 ) workers
Beijing will take measure to help the
city's laid-off workers find new jobs this
year.
-- Page 3
* Family reform
China Daily carries a commentary (评论)
on family planning policy, which is crucial
(关系重大) to the country's future.
--Page 4
* Banking reform
The Shanghai branch of the People's
Bank of China is preparing to initiate
（开始着手）a series of reforms to improve
services.
-- Page 5
* Education reform
A complete reform in Chinese language
teaching is called for in primary and
secondary education.
--Page 9
* Healthy old man
Two Chinese World War II pilots keep
healthy in their 80s through regular
exercise programmes.
--Page 10
1. The above section may possibly appear on _____ of China Daily.
A. Page 3 B. Page 1 C. Page 4 D. Page 5
2.. From the headline we expect there will be _____ job chances for laid-off workers in Beijing this year.
A. fewer B. enough C. more D. no
3. Premier Zhu will go to Europe to ______.
A. attend Asem in Paris B. visit Britain and France from March to April
C. have his first foreign tripD. attend the meeting and pay an official visit to Britain and France as well
4. We can infer(推断) that Chinese language teaching in primary and secondary schools at
present _______. A. is satisfactory B. meets the demand of the society
C. needs improvement D. interests students
C Are you interested in the following courses? Please read them and make a decision soon.
A. Understanding Computers
This twelve-hour course is for people who do not know very much about computers but who need to learn about them. You will learn what computers are, what they can and can't do, and how to use them.
Course Fee(费): $75 Jan. 7, 14, 21, 28 Sat. 9-11:50 a.m. Equipment Fee: $10.
Joseph Saunders is Professor of Computer Science at New Urban University. He has over twelve years of experience in the computer field.
B. Stopping Smoking
Do you want to stop smoking? Have you already tried to stop it but failed? Now is the time to stop smoking using the latest methods. You can stop smoking, and this twelve-hour course will help you do it.
Course fee: $30Jan. 4, 11, 18, 25 Mon. 4-7p.m.
Dr. John Goode is a practising psychologist (心理学家 ) who has helped hundreds of people stop smoking.
C. Typing(打字)
This course is for those who want to learn to type, as well as those who want to make their typing better. The course is individualized(单独授课). You are tested in the first class and begin practising at one of eight different skill levels. This allows you to learn at your own speed. Each program lasts 20 hours. Bring your own paper.
Course Fee: $125 Materials Fee: $25
Two hours each evening for two weeks. New classes begin every two weeks.
This course is taught by a number of best business education teachers who have successfully taught typing courses before.
1. The typing course is for
A. beginners B. skilled typists C. unskilled persons D. both A and C
2. If one wants to learn basic computer program, he must pay
A. $75+$10 B. $50+$10 C. $30+$25 D. $35+$25
3. Everyone taking a typing course can _____.
A. work at his own speed B. type fast
C. learn much more than the others D. begin practising at the same level
D Dear editor,
You can find language pollution whenever you open a newspaper or turn on your TV set, listen to a popular song at various advertisements. Language pollution exists almost everywhere and can be seen in the following places:
1. Chinese characters are written in the complex(复杂的 ) form. Although simplified (简化的) Chinese characters were accepted for use many years ago, it seems that more and more people like Chinese characters written in the complex form.
2. Many goods are produced in China but carry foreign names, which sound strange and have no meaning at all.
3. Words and expressions being used have a bad meaning. “Ba”(霸), which means bully in Chinese, is one example. Now there are a lot of goods, restaurants, even factories or firms, with “Ba” in their names.
4. There are too many incorrect grammatical expressions. Some films have strange names and incorrect grammatical structures(结构). “Al ni mei shang liang', which means ”I love you without consulting“, is grammatically incorrect and this kind of expression is now becoming popular.
Some language experts point out that language pollution must be done away with, which
is an idea shared by myself and many others. Fan Yongqian, Shanxi
1. The writer of the letter suggests that ______.
A. something be done to make our language pure (纯正)
B. the Chinese language not have the word ”ba“
C. everything have a good name and a good meaning
D. everybody try their best to stop pollution
2. What the writer wants to say is that ____.
A. great difference exists between the Chinese characters written in the complex form and simplified
form
B. our newspapers, TV programs, pop songs and advertisements are getting polluted
C. many people agree with the experts on language pollution in China
D. some film writers haven't studied Chinese grammar
3. The expression ”do away with“ in the last paragraph means ”_______“.
A. clean B. recycle C. get away D. end
4. What do you guess Fan Yongqian is? He or she probably is _____.
A. a language expert B. a singer of pop songs C. a reader D. an expert of grammar
5. Choose the best title for the passage.
A. More Attention to Grammar B. Pollution of Our Language
C. Experts' Good Advice D. Films with Strange Names
E A Help Wanted Advertisement Female Clerk Wanted
Interesting & Rewarding Position in Lee Garden Hotel, Aged 20-22, at least 2-year working experience, Salary according to experience will be between RMB 500 yuan and RMB 800 yuan per month. Transport can be provided from Town Centre. 5 days-40 hours/week plus other fringe benefits including shopping discount. Please contact Miss Li at 8491879.
1. According to the advertisement, Lee Garden Hotel wants to employ
A. women clerks who have been working for at least two years
B. men clerks aged from twenty to twenty-two
C. university graduates aged 20-22 D. middle school leavers aged between twenty and twenty-two
2. The employees in Lee Garden Hotel have to work ______.
A. from morning till night B. all day long without a rest
C. from Monday to Friday D. from Monday to Saturday
3. The newly-employed clerks ______ to be paid 500 yuan and 800 yuan monthly.
A. are considered B. are suggested C. are promised D. are allowed
F Many people think it is safer to fly in a plane around the world than to cross a busy city
street. Flying accidents are not very common; so when an air accident happens, the
newspapers put it on the front page. Look at the newspaper headline below:
GIRL FALLS 3000 METRES--AND LIVES TO TELL THE STORY!
1. According to the writer, why is an air accident usually reported on the front page of the newspaper?
A. Because flying accidents happen more often than car accidents.
B. Because air accidents rarely happen in our daily life.
C. Because flying is more dangerous than driving. D. Driving is more safer than flying.
2. Which of the following is not true?
A. The girl was 3000 metres up in the air before the accident happened.
B. The girl told the story about the accident to the news reporter.
C. The girl was the only passenger on board the plane who was alive after the accident.
D. The girl was so lucky that she was not killed in the accident.
A.CCDCD B.CADDB C.BAACC D.CCAC E. ABABB F. BDDAC G. BDBCB
A. BADAC B. BCDC C. DAA D. ACDCB E. ACC F. BB
篇9：高考复习--人教版高三Unit5-8 语言点(人教版高考复习英语教案教学设计)
Unit 5
1 consideration
n. 重要性
n.考虑[U][(+for/to)]
That matter is under consideration.那件事正在考虑之中。
Before writing your answers please give careful consideration to the questions.
请在回答之前仔细考虑一下问题。
需要考虑的事;动机,原因[C]
Price and quality are the two chief considerations.价格和质量是两个主要考虑的问题。
体贴;关心[U][(+for)]
He showed no consideration for his wife.他不体贴他的妻子。
习惯用语
be under consideration在考虑中
give one's careful consideration加以慎重考虑
in consideration of考虑到， 由于;以作...的谢礼， 酬劳
leave out of consideration没有考虑， 忽略
on no consideration决不
out of consideration for出于对...的考虑； 体谅
take into consideration把...考虑进去
the first consideration第一要件， 头等要事
under no consideration不假思索， 轻率
2 charge vt.索价;对...索费;课(税)[(+for)]
This store often charges only 65 US cents a dozen for large eggs.
一打大鸡蛋在这家店里常常仅卖六十五美分。
把...记入帐册,赊购[(+to)]
Don't forget to charge the money of the shoes to my account.
别忘了把鞋钱记在我帐上。
控告,指控[(+with)]
He was charged with stealing.他被控犯有偷窃行为。
指责;谴责 [+that]
The statement charged that their actions violated the agreement.
声明指责他们的行为违背了协定。
将(电池)充电
The battery needs to be charged.这电池需要充电了。
vi.索价;收费[(+for)]
The store doesn't charge for delivery.该店免费送货。
n.费用,价钱,索价[C][(+for)]
The charge for admission is US$5.入场费五美元。
掌管;照顾;责任[U]
控告,指控[C][(+against/of)]
He was arrested on the charge of robbery.他因被控犯有抢劫罪而被捕。
at one's own charge(s)自费, 用自己的钱
have (the) charge of负责..., 主管...
in charge of 负全责, 经管, 照顾;在...掌管之下, 由...经管
in the charge of sb.由某人负责, 由某人照料[管理]
on the charge of因...罪, 因...嫌疑
3 blame：可以用作动词和名词，主要义项有：归咎于；责怪；责任等。作动词没有用语言责骂的意思。构成短语：blame sb. for…“因某事责备某人”；blame sth. on sb.; put/ lay the blame on sb.“把某事归咎于某人”；be to blame (for…)注意该短语中的不定式to blame为主动形式，但表示被动意思。
Eg. He blamed me for my carelessness.
Comrade Li is not to blame for the accident.
注意：比较scold表示唠唠叨叨地“数说”，而不是用肮脏语言骂人。一般多用于母亲对孩子、妻子对丈夫等情况。
Eg. The mother scolded the boy for not cleaning up his room.
4 loss n.丧失;遗失[U]
He suffered a temporary loss of memory.他暂时丧失了记忆。
损失;亏损(额)[C][U]
It is a great loss to her.这是她的巨大损失。
His death means a great loss to science.他的死是科学的重大损失。
输,失败[U][C]
The loss of the first game did not discourage them.
第一场比赛的失败并没有令他们沮丧。
短语：
at a loss ①低于成本的：sell the merchandise at a loss.赔本卖出货物
②迷惑的；不解的：I am at a loss to understand those remarks. 我不理解那些话
make a loss亏损
stand the loss赔偿损失, 承受损失
suffer losses遭受损失
5 annoy：用作动词，主要表示“打扰；使烦恼”的意思。构成短语：annoy…with sth./by doing sth.; be annoyed with/at…。
Eg. These flies are annoying me.
Don’t annoy your neighbor by singing loudly at night.
She was annoyed with him because he was late.
注意：同义词：trouble。比较：interrupt“打断某人的话”，
6 associate vt.联合, 结交; 加入
由...联想到..., 把...联系起来
associate one thing with another把某一事与另一事联系起来
We associate China with the Greet Wall.我们想起中国, 就联想到长城。
习惯用语
associate oneself with加入; 参与; 与...发生联系
associate with和...来往, 和...共事, 同...联合; (在思想上)同...联系在一起
7 appeal vi.呼吁,恳求[(+to/for)][+to-v]
He appealed to me for help.他向我求援。
He appealed to his friends for support.他请求朋友支持。
诉诸,求助[(+to)]
We will appeal to a great variety of sources of information.我们将求助于多种资料来源。
有吸引力,迎合爱好[W][(+to)]
The idea appealed to Mary.这主意正合玛丽的心意。
【律】上诉[(+to/against)]
He appealed against the five-year sentence he had been given.
他对被判五年徒刑提出上诉。
习惯用语
appeal to向...呼吁[请求];投合...的心意; 引起...的兴趣;诉诸(武力)
appeal to sb. for为...向某人呼吁[请求]
8 profit：可以用作名词和动词。主要义项有：收益；利润；赢利；益处；从……吸取教训；得益于某事物。用作名词构成词组：earn/make a profit“赢利”；gain profit“获益”。用作动词时的结构为profit by/from doing sth.
Eg. They’re only interested in a quick profit.
They make a profit of ten pence on every copy they sell.
He profited greatly from his year abroad.
I have profited from your advice.
We gained a lot of profit from your advice.我们从你的建议中获益匪浅。
注意：用作名词，表示“利润；赢利”时，既可是可数名词也可是不可数名词；表示“益处”时，为不可数名词。
9 attach vt.装上,贴上,系上[(+to)]
He'll attach the label to your luggage.他会把标签系在你的行李上。
使依附;使附属[(+to)]
This hospital is attached to the medical college nearby.这个医院附属附近的那所医学院。
(与oneself连用)使参加;使附着[(+to)]
He attached himself to the expedition.他参加了那个探险队。
把...归于[(+to)]
How can you attach the blame for this accident to the taxi-driver?
你怎么能把这次事故的责任归于出租车司机呢?
注意：在表示“系、拴”的意思时，还可以用fasten和tie。表示“系在……的上面”，可用短语attach/fasten/tie… to…。
attached adj.依恋；爱慕be attached to…;
10 deliver：用作动词，主要义项有：递送；传送；引渡；自首；发表演讲等。常用结构为deliver…to…。
Eg. The mailman delivers the mail twice a day in this area.
He delivered himself to the police.
He delivered a long speech.
11 make sense, make sense of
make sense讲得通，有道理，有意义，是明智的，是合理的
make sense of搞清...的意思
12 figure, shape
figure n.数字；人像；肖像；图表；人影 v.出现；（out）计算出；理解；推想
shape n.形状；（模糊的）人影=figure v.做成某物的形状
figure as扮演...角色
figure down算出; 弄清, 了解
figure in算进; 参加; 包括进; 参与; 与...有牵连; 在...出现; 在...担任一定角色
figure out算出, 估计, 推测; 解决; 了解, 领会到; 断定
figure out at总共..., 合计...
figure up把...总加起来
13 get across 使通过；讲清楚, 使人了解；触犯; 与...搞坏关系
Get down to开始认真考虑; 着手办理(某事)
get over越[爬]过；克服; 忍受；复原, 痊愈；
get through 完成；及格；通过；用尽[完]；打通(电话)
get through to(通过电话、无线电等) 与......联系; 与......通话；使......了解
get through with完成, 干完
Unit 6
1 quit vt.离开;退出He quitted Paris after a week.他一周后离开了巴黎。
放弃[+v-ing] He has quit smoking.他已戒了烟。
解除,免除[(+of)]She finally quit herself of fear.她终于消除了恐惧。
【美】停止[+v-ing]Quit muttering!别嘀咕!
【口】辞职I'm going to quit next week.我将在下周辞职。
a.摆脱了...的,了结的[(+of)]
I gave him money to be quit of him.我给了他钱为的是要摆脱他。
习惯用语
be quit of摆脱, 脱离, 免除
quit it[美俚]死
2 burden n.[C]重负,重担;负担,沉重的责任
The old man bent with a heavy burden on his back.老人因背着重负而弯腰。
vt.加重压于,加负担于,烦扰[(+with)]
The government burdened the nation with heavy taxes.政府使国民负担重税。
加负荷于,使载重[(+with)]
He was burdened with a large bundle of magazines.他吃力地捧着一大捆杂志。
3 desperate a.情急拼命的,铤而走险的
A desperate man will stop at nothing to get what he wants.
一个亡命之徒为了达到自己的目的什么事都做得出来。
His failure made him desperate.他因失败而铤而走险。
危急的;绝望的
He was desperate when he lost all his money.当他丢了所有的钱时,他绝望了。
极度渴望的 [(+for)][+to-v]
He was desperate for work to provide for a large family.
他渴望有个工作,挣钱供养子女众多的家。
4 accustom vt.(常后接oneself或用被动式)使习惯(于)[(+to)]
These people are accustomed to hard work.这些人惯于艰苦的工作。
Adapt to adjust to
5 leave behind：留下, 遗留, 超过
Eg. Wait - don’t leave me behind.
It won’t rain; you can leave your umbrella behind.
相关归纳：（1）leave …alone丢下……不管；不理会
Eg. Leave me alone.
（2）leave off使停止；戒除；省去
Eg. When will the snow leave off?
He left my name off the list.
（3）leave out遗漏；漏掉；删除；忽视
Eg. This word is wrongly spelt; you’ve left out a letter.
Don’t leave me out!
（4）leave over推迟
Eg. These matters will have to be left over until the next meeting.
注意：fall behind“落后”。
6 keep up：不低落, 维持, 继续
Eg. Keep up your courage.
Will the fine weather keep up?
How much does it cost you to keep up your large house and garden?
相关归纳：（1）keep out (of…)不让……进入
Eg. They have shut the door and mean to keep us out.
（2）keep off离开；避开
Eg. Keep off the grass!
I hope you’ll keep out of trouble while I’m away.
（3）keep back阻止；扣留
Eg. She was unable to keep back her tears.
A certain percentage of your salary is kept back by your employer as an insurance payment.
注意：keep up with赶上，不落后。
7 lose one’s way：迷路
相关归纳：(1)find one’s way找到路，设法到达
（2）feel one’s way摸索前进
（3）fight one’s way奋勇前进
（4）make one’s way向前进；成功
（5）force one’s way强行
注意：lose one’s way也可以用get lost表示同样的意思。
8 go about走来走去, 四处走动;着手或忙于(工作)
to go about cultivating the wasteland开始垦荒
go after追求, 设法得到; 追捕
go against 反对, 违背, 不利于
go ahead 先走, 走在前面; 继续前进;进步[展]; 成功;
干吧, 说吧, 开始干
go for 去拿[喊, 找, 请], 尽力得到;拥护, 支持, 赞助
to go for a job求职
She doesn't go for men of this type.她不喜欢他这种类型的男人
go in for 从事于;爱好, 追求, 沉迷于;参加, 加入
Young people should never simply go in for material comforts.年青人永远也不应一味地追求物质享受。
go over 越[渡]过; 走完; 转向(to); 改变立场; 车(翻倒)
复习; (仔细)检查; 审阅; 研究
go through 通过(考试等); 经过;审阅; 检查;经历(困难、痛苦等), 忍受
go without没有...也忍受过去
go off爆炸；（爆竹、铃等）响中断； 熄灭
unit 7
词组
1.care for 关心
2. want all day off 想放一整天假
3. leave…alone 不管，不理会
4 Bring in profits 对某人有益, bring in profits
5. open one's heart freely自由地敞开心扉
6 be in want of 缺乏
7 close up 停歇，关门
8 be concerned with 与…有关
9 display one's sympathy for sb 表现对…的同情
10. have no eye for 对…不感兴趣
11. comment on sth 评论某事
12 read as follows内容如下
13. have an eye for 有眼力，把眼睛盯着，关注； 能判断；能欣24. 赏
14. date back to 追溯到，追忆到
15. get sth wrong 把某事搞错了
16. of late近来，最近
17 on the contrary 相反
18 toast to…为…干杯
19. weigh… by gain 根据利益权衡
20 be well off富裕
21. with confidence自信地
22. do harm to sb 对某人有害
23. be sentenced to 8 years in prison被判8年徒刑
24. be guilty of doing sth有…之罪
25. hand over交出
26. take no notice of不注意
27. attend to照顾，护理
28 at the hands of在…手下
29. do justice 公平对待
30. want revenge for想为…报仇
31. for fear of由于害怕，生怕，以免
32. upon arrival在到达时
33. be on sb's side支持某人
34answer for为…而受责
35. do wrong to sb对某人不公平,冤枉某人
部分知识点讲解
1 conscience n.良心；是非感
have a good/clear conscience问心无愧
have a bad [guilty, an evil] conscience有愧于良心， 内疚
according to one’s conscience = in all conscience凭良心
tell one's conscience说心里话
2. admit (admitted) vt.承认;准许…进入; 容纳=seat/hold/contain vi.容许;承认
admit sb./sth into /to …允许某人进入…获准入学
admit sb./sth. to be adj. 承认。。。是。。
admit sth/ doing 承认…
admit (to sb.) that –clause 向某人承认。
短语admit sb. as的意思为“接纳某人为……”
3. abundant adj.大量的,充足的; 丰富的,富裕的 be abundant in = be rich in= be well supplied with
①There is abundant rainfall in our hometown./ ②Fish are abundant in the lake.
③Iraq is abundant in oil.
4.occupy vt.占(空间/时间), 占用; 使忙碌,使全神贯注;占领,侵占=take/seize;担任(职务)=hold
occupy oneself with / (in) doing sth. be occupied with/ (in) doing sth.
①The table occupies a lot of space.(takes up)
②Is this seat occupied?(taken)
③His lecture occupied two hours.（took）
④The newcomers are occupied in writing letters home.(are busy writing/ are engaged in writing)
⑤the enemy-occupied areas
⑥He occupies an important position in the government.(holds)
occupied adj.在使用中；已占有；不空闲
5.close up (暂时)关闭 down (永久性的或长期的)关闭
6. be badly off穷的，境况不好的；缺少的
cf: be well off= be rich
7 anyhow= anyway：adv. “无论如何；无论怎样”，可以位于句首，也可位于句尾。
Eg. It’s too late now, anyway/anyhow.
Anyway, you can try, even if there’s not much chance of success.
8 care for：关怀, 照顾, 愿意,
相关归纳：care about忧虑；关切；关心；惦念
注意：在表示“喜欢、关心、照顾”时，两个短语意思和用法基本相同。在表示“介意、在乎”时，只用care about，特别在后跟v.-ing时，不用care for。但在表示比较客气、委婉的“要不要……”意思时，用care for。
9 standard, level
standard n. 标准；水准；规格；规范；业务水平
adj. 标准的；符合标准的；公认为权威的
below standard不合格的, 标准以下的
come up to the standard达到标准
double standard双重标准, 不同标准
fall short of the standard不够标准
up to the standard合格, 达到标准
standard of living生活水准
level n.水平线；水平面；级别；水平
adj. 水平的；平坦的；同等标准的
10 in want of：需要；缺少
Eg. The house is in want of repair.
相关归纳：for/from want of由于缺少
In honour of 为向...表示敬意 为庆祝
In memory of纪念
In favor of赞成(支持
In face of面临(不顾,公开反对,在...面前
Unit 8
词组
1. make sense of 弄懂…的意思
2. in other words 换句话说；换言之
3. take risks/a risk 冒险
be at risk=in danger
at the risk of 冒着……的危险
risk doing 冒险做某事
4.experiment with 进行试验；进行实验
5.piles of 一大堆；一大批；一大团
6. knock sb / sth down 撞倒
7.that is to say 也就是说
8. fall behind 落后 fall sick / ill fall down跌倒 fall over 摔交 fall into 陷入; 跌入 fall off 掉下 fall back 后退;退让 fall asleep
9 .communicate with 与…联系；与…交流
10. distinguish…from… 把与区别开来
11. adjust to 调整；调节；使适合；使便于使用
12. in the process 在进行；经过；在…过程中
13 in common （团体）共同的；公有的16.make mistakes 犯错误
14.take patience to 有耐心去做….
15. come across 偶然遇见
16. regardless of…不顾 /不管 /不关心…
17 all of a sudden =suddenly
18. be concerned about
19. be anxious about / to do be eager for / to do be curious about
20. more than + 数词 = over more than + n. =only more than + v. =very，深为
more than can/could = not more than + adj./ adv. = very非常
more than one = many a 不止一个
21. get stuck/burnt/hurt/dressed/separated/
washed/changed/lost/married/drunk
句型以及部分知识点讲解
1 stick：可以用作名词和动词，名词的意思为“棒，棍”。作动词时构成短语stick to多表示“坚持原则、计划、诺言、决定等”，还有“继续做某事”的意思。其宾语多是名词rules, plan, idea, promise, decision等。
Eg. Though we all think the plan should be changed, the manager still sticks to his own idea.
That’s my story and I’m sticking to it.
You must stick to the task until it is finished.
其短语有：stick out“伸出；突出”；stick up“突出；伸出；竖立”。
注意：insist也可表示“坚持”。其用法为：insist是及物动词，其后常接宾语从句，这时它有两个含义：（1）“坚持认为”，其宾语从句要用陈述语气；（2）“坚持要求”，其宾语从句要作虚拟语气，即“should+动词原形”。insist on则表示“坚持做某事”，某宾语常用动词-ing形式或名词。介词on也可改用upon，意思不变。
无论insist还是stick都不能与动词不定式连用。
【口】(通常用于疑问句和否定句)容忍,忍受[+v-ing]
I can't stick such people.我无法容忍那种人。
【口】被...难住;以...困住
Are you stuck over your algebra?你的代数题做不下去了吧?
习惯用语
at a stick为难, 困惑
be stuck上当, 受骗;被困住
be stuck with\over被...缠住无法摆脱, 遇到困难无法进行下去
get stuck in全神贯注吃饭或工作; 使劲干
2 acquire.“取得，获得”指通过漫长的过程逐步获得或学到。
She acquired a knowledge of French.
He has acquired a good knowledge of history in these few years.
Gradually we acquired experience in how to do the work.我们逐步获得了做这工作的经验。
学到;养成
She has mastered English grammar and acquired a large vocabulary without the help of a teacher.她在没有老师指导的情况下,掌握了英语语法,学到了大量词汇。
acquire knowledge of求得...的知识
achieve完成；达到目的，赢得名声
win打败对方；赢得胜利
gain获得(奖项)＝win；赢得(财富、经验)；增加；改善
3 Regardless of their theories , …(p67.para1)
He says what he thinks, regardless of other people’s feeling. 他想到什么就说什么，毫不考虑别人的感受。
1. knock down：击倒, 拆卸, 拍卖出
Eg. She was knocked down by a bus.
These old houses are going to be knocked down.
The painting was knocked down for $5,000.
相关归纳：（1）knock at敲……
（2）knock against撞击Eg. The pickpocket knocked against me on purpose.
（3）knock into撞到……身上
Eg. He knocked into the teacher when he rushed into the classroom.
（4）knock over推翻 Eg. You’ve knocked over my drink!
4 where引导的地点状语从句
If I hear another word from you,you will go where it is really cold.
要是再听到你说一个冷字，我就叫你到真正冷的地方去。
where在此引导地点状语从句，修饰主句的谓语，表示“在……地方；到……地方；无论什么地方”。要注意和where引导定语从句的区别，引导定语从句时，修饰表示地点的先行词(名词)。
例:He left the key where it lay.他把钥匙放在了原位置。
The official policy encouraged people to stay where they were.
政府的政策鼓励人们待在原处。
Please just sit where you want.你想坐哪里就坐哪里。
链接提示
(1)wherever和everywhere也可以用来引导地点状语从句。如:
He is kindly received wherever he goes.
Everywhere I went,people were very happy.
(2)where和wherever可置于possible或necessary之前，其含义为when或whenever
All the experts agree that,wherever possible,children should learn to read in their own way.
5 adopt用作动词，主要有“收养；采纳；采取；吸收”等
例:Having no children of their own they decided to adopt an orphan.
他们因没有亲生儿女，决定领养一个孤儿。
Paul’s mother had him adopted because she couldn’t look after him.
保罗的母亲因为自己无力抚养他，便把他送给别人收养了。
He is their adopted son.他是他们的养子。
Our school has adopted a new teaching method.我们学校采用了新的教学法。
We’d like to adopt your idea.我们想采纳你的意见。
链接提示
短语adopt sb.as...还有“挑选某人作为……”的意思。名词为adoption。
6 .fall behind该短语既可以是及物动词短语，也可以作不及物动词短语，表示“落后；掉队；推迟(和with连用)”等。
例:Be quick,or you will fall behind.快点，不然就掉队了。
France has fallen behind Germany in coal production.法国在煤炭生产上落后于德国了。
Make sure not to fall behind with your rent,please.请不要拖欠房租。
链接拓展
fall into开始……起来。陷入;如:
They fall into lively discussion of the question.他们热烈地讨论起这个问题。
fall away离弃，脱离。如:
All his old friends fall away from him.他所有的老朋友都远离了他。
fall off跌落，减少。如:
He fell off the horse。他从马背上摔了下来。
fall ill患病。如:
His mother fell seriously ill in hospital.他的母亲在医院里病得很重。
fall back 后退;退让
7 .patience un.耐心；忍耐力
构成短语:be out of patience 对……忍无可忍
例:I haven’t the patience to hear your complaints again.我没有耐心再听你的抱怨。
She has no patience with people who are always grumbling.
她不能容忍那些常常发牢骚的人。
If you don’t stop making that noise,I’m going to lose my patience.
如果你不停止吵闹的话，我将失去耐心。
链接提示
patient adj. 有耐心的。构成短语:be patient with 对……有耐心。
8 consequence n.结果,后果[C][(+of)]
I'm quite willing to accept the consequences.我完全愿意承担后果。
重大,重要(性)[U][(+to)]
He is a man of great consequence.他是一个很重要的人物。
answer for the consequences对后果负责
as a consequence因而， 结果
in consequence因此， 结果
in consequence of...的结果， 因为...的缘故， 由于
of consequence有势力的； 重要的
take the consequences自食其果， 承担责任
篇10：高三复习：高二词汇7-20单元(人教版高考复习英语教案教学设计)
Unit 7 Phrases
1.接受或容忍 live with
2.对艾滋病人的态度 attitudes towards AIDS
3.感染艾滋病毒
become infected with HIV
4.很难治愈 be difficult to cure
5.通过以下途径传播
be transmitted via the following routes
6.不让我感到孤独和悲伤
keep me from feeling sad and lonely
7.当今最严重的社会问题
the most serious problem today
8.几百万儿童 millions of children
9.破坏人体的免役系统
break down the body’s immune system
10.至于，就…来说 as in one’s case
11.照顾，照看 take care of
12.使我认识到生命的珍贵
make me realize how precious life is
13.受感染儿童的总数
the total number of infected children
14.缺乏适当的医疗保健
a lack of proper health care
15.非常昂贵 much too expensive
16.有机会做某事 have a chance to do
17.鼓励某人做某事 encourage sb to do
18.学会如何自我保护
learn how to protect oneself
19.支持某人 support sb
20.使…感到振奋 cheer them up
21.选择做个医生 choose to be a doctor
22.面对人们对于艾滋病的恐惧
deal with people’s fear of the disease
23.抓住一切机会充实生活
take every chance to live life to the fullest
24.说服某人做某事 persuade sb to do
25.给艾滋病的研究和教育投入更多资金
spend more money on AIDS research and education
26.查清实情 find out the facts
27.一位艾滋病专家 an AIDS specialist
28.与某人握手 shake hands with sb
29.钢琴赛上获奖
win a prize at a piano competition
30.拥抱某人 give an AIDS patient a hug
31.完全摆脱疾病
be completely free from diseases
32.遇到许多困难 meet many difficulties
33.继续与疾病作斗争
continue struggle with the disease
34.上班迟到 be late for work
35.网球赛中失败
be defeated in the tennis match
36.做…是没有用的
it is no use doing sth.
37.感冒的最好治疗方法
the best treatment for a cold
38.阻止某人做某事
discourage/keep/stop/prevent sb from doing
39.浪费时间玩电脑游
waste time playing computer games
40.很长时间感到恶心
feel sick for a long time
41.带我去医院做检查
take me to hospital to have me examined
42.采血样
take samples of my blood
43.目光悲伤
there was a sad look in one’s eyes
44.患了重症
suffer from a serious disease
45.不治之症 an incurable disease
46.有特殊的功能
have a special function
47.给我上了重要的人生一课
teach me an important lesson about life
48.跟许多癌症患者一样
like many people with cancer
49.从自行车上摔下来 fall off my bike
50.改变某人的生活 change one’s life
51.相反地 on the contrary
52.学会欣赏每一天的每一分钟
learn to appreciate every minute of each day
Unit 8 Phrases
1. 失火，着火 catch fire
2.颠倒 upside down
3.急救箱 a first-aid kit
4.进行急救 give first aid
5.目击事故 witness an accident
6.紧急情况下分秒必争
seconds count in an emergency
7.记住 keep in mind
8.做出决定 make better decisions
9.准备应急 prepare for an emergency
10.保持冷静 stay calm
11.以防紧急情况 in case of an emergency
12.挽救生命 save lives
13.用流水冲洗伤口
wash the wound with cold running water
14.代表 stand for
15.把你所找到的一切送到医院
send whatever you find to the hospital
16.受伤 get hurt
17.把报纸拿颠倒
hold a newspaper upside down
18.救援即将来临 help is on the way
19. 用来纪念这位伟人
in honor of this great man
20.人工呼吸 the mouth-to-mouth method
21. 等待救护车的到来
wait for the ambulance
22.把手放在人的脖子上、手腕上
put a finger on the person’s neck or wrist
23.用干净的布盖住伤口
cover the wound with a clean piece of cloth
24.按住伤口止血
press on the wound to stop the bleeding
25.叫救护车 call an ambulance
26.把人置于康复位置
put the person in the recovery position
27. 阻止事情发生
prevent bad things from happening
28.用毯子盖住某人
cover the person with a blanket
29.帮他保暖 help him stay warm
30.设法了解足够的知识用来救命
manage to know enough to save lives
31.朝我喊叫 shout at me
32.保持平静不理睬她 keep calm and ignore her
33.摸脉 take a person’s pulse
34.没有明显的反应 give no clear response
35.分四组讨论问题
discuss the questions in groups of four
36.犯错误 make many mistakes
37.某事发生在某人身上 sth happen to sb
38.迷路 lose one’s way
39.去野餐 go for a picnic
40.死于突发性心脏病
die of a sudden heart attack
41.煤气中毒 be gas-poisoned
42.太靠近湖
get too close to the lake
43. 处理常见伤
deal with common injuries
44.关掉所有的电源
turn off all power
Unit 9 Phrases
1.解决问题难者 solve the problem
2.生产能量 produce energy
3.出席会议 attend the meeting
4.地球峰会 the Earth summit
5.欢迎参加地球峰会 welcome to the earth summit
6.尽可能多地列出理由
list as many reasons as possible
7.采取行动拯救地球
take action to save the earth
8.这次峰会的主题 the main themes of the summit
9.可持续发展 sustainable development
10.关于不同题目发表演讲
speak about different topics
11.三大公害 the big three
12.做重要的讲话
make a very important speech
13.卫生状况恶劣 poor sanitation
14.学会与大自然和平共处
learn to live in harmony with nature
15.发表你的观点 give your opinion
16.喝到洁净的水
have access to clean drinking water
17.在农村地区 in rural areas
18.住院 be in hospital
19.参与我们创造新世界
take part in the new world we create
20.为你的论点辩护
defend your argument
21.对…负有责任
have a responsibility towards
22.国际间的合作
international cooperation
23.存在严重的问题
there exist serious problems
24.来得及采取措施
there is still time to take action
25.对环境不利 be bad for the environment
26.未来的关键 the key to the future
27.与大自然协调 in harmony with nature
28.在全世界传播 spread across the world
29.不要砍伐树木stop cutting down trees
30.结束死亡和痛苦
put an end to the death and suffering
31.有可能会 there is good chance that
32.消除贫困 wipe out the poverty
33.保护水资源 protect the water resources
34.与男子有同等的机会
have true equality of opportunity with men
35.准备好回答问题
be ready to answer questions
36.得出结论 draw a conclusion
37.表示愿意来帮忙
show great willingness to come and help
38.限制汽车的数量limit the number of cars
39.对于全球变暖了解不多
not know much about global warming
40.完成关于环保的报告
finish writing his report on environmental protection
Unit 10 Phrases
1.大自然对人构成危险
nature form a danger to people
2.清理的费用 costs for cleaning up
3.对…很重要 be important to
4.飓风袭击海岸 a hurricane hits the coast
5.一点也不/很，非常 not a bit/ not a little
6.被吓死 be scared to death
7.陷入惊慌 get into a total panic
8.突如其来 all of a sudden
9.它使我毛发倒竖
make my hair stand on end
10死于难忘的灾难
die in an unforgettable disaster
11.吸引我叔叔的注意力
draw my uncle’s attention
12.距离遥远 at such a distance
13.风一下子小了下去 wind fell all at once
14.风呼啸着靠近了
the roar of the winds drew near fast
15.风暴中心 the very eye of the wind
16.请求他救她 beg him to save her
17.国内外的天气
the weather at home and abroad
18.需要勇气 call for courage
19.从…逃走 flee from
20.直奔危险地带
hold his course directly into danger
21.天气状况 the weather conditions
22.停顿了一会儿 pause for moment
23.营救他的朋友 rescue his friend
24.是否 whether … or not
25.帮助别人镇静 help the other calm down
26.给大家留下印象 give everyone the impression
27.惊慌地离开 leave in a panic
28.答应援助100万英镑
promise to offer one million pounds in aid
29.热烈欢迎他的到来
be warmly welcomed on his arrival
30.你看起来不像是老师
don’t look very much like a teacher
31.立即倒地死去了 immediately fall down dead
32.与其说他看起来死了，不如说睡着了
he looked more sleep than dead
33.记忆犹新 memories are still fresh
34.择要摘取 pick out the important bits
35.活火山 the active volcano
36.被灰尘覆盖
be covered with dirt and ashes
37.复活 come to life
38坏天气就要来临 dirty weather knocking about
39.返回到故乡 return to their home village
40.催促别国来帮忙
urge other countries to help
Unit 11 phrases
1.最杰出的新突破
the most outstanding new breakthroughs
2.有共同之处 have anything in common
3.第一次载人太空飞行
the first manned space flight
4.标志…..开始 mark the start of
5.很可能 it is likely that
6.探索太空 explore space
7.破解生命之谜solve the mysteries of life
8.取得突破性进展
make many breakthroughs
9.提出计划 put forward a plan
10.充满伟大成就
be filled with great achievements
11.具有创新精神和科学技能
share the spirit of creativity and scientific skill
12.发展经济实力 increase economic power
13.抓住机会到国内来实现他们的理想grasp the opportunity to develop their ideas at home
14.实现梦想 follow one’s dream
15.得满分 get full marks
16.世界一流be among the world’s best
17.用强有力的论点为之辩护
support it with strong arguments
18.踏进 set foot in / on
19.对…有积极的影响
have a positive effect on
20.依靠科学技术和知识
rely on science technology and knowledge
21.目的在发展农业
aim at improving agriculture
22.弄清楚 make it clear
23.对人类是一个很大的威胁
a big threat to mankind
24.应对失败并从中吸取教训
deal with and learn from failure
25.对……感到兴奋 be excited about
26.活跃起来 come to life
27.同时为祖国做出贡献
contribute to his country at the same time
28.硕士学位 a master’s degree
30.达到……目标 achieve / reach its goal
31.导致了科学技术的几项突破
lead to several breakthroughs in science and technology
Unit 12 phrases
1.大洋中最深的地方
the deepest point in the ocean
2.航天飞机 a space shuttle
3.写出概况 make a sketch of
4.我们能战胜所有疾病的时候
a time when we can beat all diseases
5.找到使我们永远年轻的方法
find a way to keep us young forever
6. 切碎 cut up
7.不知道 have no idea
8.多种情况下 in many cases
9.谋生 make a living
10.提醒某人某事 remind sb of sth
11.把…向前推进一步take…one step further
12.奠定了现代科幻小说的基础
lay the foundation of modern science fiction
13.很久之后才…… long before
14.着手做 set out to do
15.开辟一条新路 pioneer a new way
16.吸引我的注意力 attract my attention
17.结果是潜艇 turn out to be a submarine
18.越洋航行on a voyage across the oceans
19.身高八尺 about eight feet in height
20.穿着潜水服dressed in diving suits
21.发现自己被包围
find themselves surrounded by
22.整周超时工作 work overtime all week
23.从……开始 begin with
24.进行冒险 go on this adventure
25.使人了解 throw light upon
26.穿过森林 go through forests
27.许多卓越科学家的著作
the works of many brilliant scientists
28.最后,终于 in the end
29.被火车运送到目的地
be transported to the destination by train
30.水下旅行 underwater travel
31.沸腾的河 a boiling river
32.乘坐地铁 take the subway
33.开始了第一次航行 set out on its first voyage
34.沉入海底 sink to the bottom of the sea
35.成为……一例 become an example of
36.成为人们心中永久的痛
become a permanent pain in people’s hearts
37.过度工作 work too much
38.前总统 former president
39.梦想 dream of
40.在十一月的一个夜晚on a night in November
48.烧光 burn out
Unit 13 phrases
1.用……覆盖 cover with
2.把……与……相比 compare … to
3.给出新词的定义 define new words
4.把淡水装入杯子 fill one glass with fresh water
5.保护我们这个星球上的水
protect the water on our planet
6.把杯子翻转 turn the glass upside down
7.提出 come up with
8.对环境污染很敏感
be sensitive to environmental pollution
9.从中受益 benefit from
10.捉弄你 play a trick on sb
11.叫来警察 call in the police
12.温度降到零度以下
the temperature drops below 0℃
13.把温度提高1℃
raise the temperature by one degree centigrade
14.通过吸收和释放热量而保持稳定
keep steady by absorbing and giving off heat
15.对温度的巨变和突变很敏感be sensitive to large and sudden changes in temperature
16. 释放出大量的热 give off a lot of heat
17.分解固体和气体
break down both solids and gases
18.为其他生物所利用
become available to other living creatures
19.变成固体 turn into a solid
20.给……打电话 give sb a call
21.继续在该公司工作
continue working at this company
22.河流与大洋交汇where a river meets the ocean
23.每立米用公斤来衡量
be measured in kilograms per cubic metre
24.利用水的密度
take advantage of the density of water
25.能量 the amount of energy
Unit 14 phrases
1.获得诺贝尔和平奖
receive the Nobel Peace Price (for peace)
2.把..投入监狱put … into prison
3.动摇国家的基
shake the foundations of the nation
4.当农民 work as a farmer
5.与……交朋友make friends with
6.加入行动小组 join an action group
7.积极从事女权运动
be active in the women’s rights movement
8.给…发表演说 give a speech to sb
9.使他们闻名全世界
make him famous all over the world
10.为黑人的政治权利而战
fight for political rights for black people
11.为…树立榜样 set an example to sb
12.获得奖学金 win a scholarship
13.给他以…机会
give him the chance to do
14.要求社会改革
demand changes in society
15.通过和平手段达到目的
achieve that goal by peaceful actions
16.有选举权 have the right to vote
17.随意表达我们想说的
be free to say whatever we want
18.任何的时候 of all times
19.在现代 in modern times
20.同偏见作斗争
fight against prejudice
21.有共同之处 have in common
23.提出新观点的好方法
a good way to come up with new ideas
24.使读者吃惊 surprise your readers
25.作为平等公民对待
treat as equal citizens
26.被警察逮捕 be arrested by the police
27.生来就是奴隶 be born as a slave
28.携手 join hands
29.乍一看 at first sight
Unit 15 phrases
1.提供一张免费机票 offer a free air ticket
2.立刻对它进行调查 look into it immediately
3.第一次 for the first time
4.不时地 every now and then
5.庆百岁生日celebrate its one hundredth birthday
6.厌烦 get tired of
7.为期四天的节日 a four-day festival
8.尝试去……旅游 try a visit to
9.位于奥地利南部 located in southern Austria
10对……感到惊奇 be amazed by
11.没有必要担心there is no need to worry
12.广泛多样的娱乐
a wide variety of entertainment
13. 一饱眼福 a feast for the eyes
14.如果你有足够的精力
should you have enough energy left
15.在山村被扶养大
be brought up in a mountainous village
16.在城里经营小公司
run a small company in a city
17.我们在闲聊 we are chatting
18.吸引世界各地的游客
attract visitors from all over the world
19.到遥远的地方去旅行
go on a trip to a far-away destination
20.节约钱的好办法
a good way to save money
21.找到问题的答案
find answers to your questions
22.在两者之间选择
choose between different alternatives
23.喜欢自己安排
prefer to make their own arrangements
24.信用卡 credit cards
25.需要带些现金 need to bring some cash
26.兑换钱 exchange money
27.有经验的旅行者 seasoned travelers
28.留在家里 leave at home
29.在我们旅行的第一天
on the first day of our trip
30.旅行日记 a travel diary
31.做笔记 make notes of
32.为……留地方 leave room for
Unit 16 some phrases
1.被拒绝入美国
be refused entry into the USA
2.与……有关 connected with
3.伤口愈合很慢 be slow to heal
4.远远落后 far behind
5.从毁坏中恢复过来
recover from the destruction
6.目的是aim at
7.为悼念 in honour of
8.没有白费 be no in vain
9.为……而骄傲be proud of
10.奥运会的主办者
the host of the Olympic Games
11.骄傲地展示它的新形象
be proud to display its new image
12.下决心be determined to do
13.与老同学保持联系
keep in touch with his former classmates
14.对钱很贪婪be greedy for money
15.总工程师 the chief engineer
16.不同意他的观点 disagree with him
17.解决问题 solve the problem
18.出售 go on sale
19.大规模存在 exist in huge numbers
20.被迫做 be forced to do
21.抵制做 resist doing
22.靠……过活 live on
23.消失 die out
24.相反 in turn
25.对…有影响have an effect on
26.整个平原的野生动物链
the whole wildlife chain of the plains
27.以……结束 end up with
28.利用野牛 make use of the bison
29.列出相似与区别
list similarities and differences
30.补上 make up
Unit 17 some phrases
1.给每个人以…的机
give everybody a chance to do
2.过丰富多彩的生活 live a rich life
3.为社会做贡献 make a contribution to society
4.帮助残疾人 assist disabled people
5.合作以达到他们的生活目标
cooperate to reach their goals in life
6.鼓励某人做 inspire sb to do
7.实现他们的梦想 realize their dreams
8.克服困难 overcome difficulties
9.适应了自己的生活方式 adjust my way of life
10.习惯于 get used to sth/doing
11.同情残疾人 have sympathy for the disabled
12.在绘画方面有天分 be gifted in painting
13.阻止……做 prevent from doing
14.过正常的生活 live a normal life
15.照看自己 take care of herself
16.出席国际会议attend an international meeting
17.就……道歉 apologize for
18.尽你所能做得好
about being the best you can be
19.多方面的斗士 fighters in more than one way
20.给…以尊敬treat…with dignity and respect
21.改善生活质量 improve the quality of life
22.有同等接近…… have equal access to
23.进行调研 conduct a survey of
24.经常，有时 at times
25.保持积极的态度 keep a positive attitude
26.完成任务 complete a task
27.许多障碍 many obstacles
Unit 18 phrases
1.扔掉 throw away
2.发电 make electricity
3.厌烦 be tired of
4.给某人专利 give sb a patent
5.纵观历史 throughout history
6.提出观点 come up with ideas
7.有很多共同之处have much in common
8.有很高的智商have a high IQ
9.考虑那些有创造性的解决办法
allow for creative solutions
10.为某人提供provide sb with
11.被困住 get stuck
12.用尽可能多的方
in as many ways as possible
13.仍然不可见remain invisible
14.正如……一样 as with
15.一系列不同的尝试
a series of different attempts
16.了解到 be aware of
17.努力避免失败
try to avoid failure
18.手工地 by hand
19.把……换成 exchange … for
20.被难题困住 get stuck in a difficult problem
21.在音乐方面展示才华show his talent for music
22.与……相似 be similar to
23.明显不同于 be clearly different from
24.既然 now that
25.知道，追踪 keep track of
26.从中学习learn from
27.把..翻译成 translate…into…
Unit 19 some phrases
1.发生 take place
2.偿还债务 pay back the debt
3.偿清 pay off
4.在现代 in modern times
5.救命 save one’s life
6.做出重要决定
make an important decision
7.娶某人 marry sb.
8.与…… 结婚 be married to
9.就我所知 as far as I know
10.开始干 go about
11.对表示怜悯 have mercy on
12.尽力与…… 争论是无用的
it’s useless trying to argue with
13.希望 hope for
14.请坐 please be seated
16.使……就坐 seat sb/ oneself
17.根据 according to
18.撕毁文件 tear up the paper
19.准备做这事 prepare to do the deed
20.流血而死 bleed to death
21.准备好 be ready for
22.拥抱你一下 take you in my arms
23.宣判 pass your judgement
24.喜欢做 prefer to do
25.像往常那样 as usual
26.出海 be at sea
27.一个条件 on one condition
28.签协议 sign the agreement
29.我收到你的信 your letter reached me
30.站在我的立场 stand in my place
31.剥夺 take away from
32.任由…… 摆布 be at the mercy of
33.跪下 go down on one’s knees
34.讫求某人的怜悯 beg… for mercy
35.像生命一样宝贵 as dear to me as life
36.来找他帮忙 come to him for help
37.醒来 wake up
38.讲出实情 tell the truth
Unit 20 some phrases
1.很难找出来 be difficult to find out
2.度假 go on a holiday
3.对……好奇 be curious about
4.追溯到…… date back to
5.各种各样的理由 a variety of reasons
6.倾向于认为 tend to believe
7.平均 on average
8.经过……的距离 over a distance of
9.与……石头有关 link to the stones
10.就技术发展而言
in terms of technical development
11.武装冲突 armed conflict
12.通过学习贸易和文化交流
through trade and cultural links
13.在当地人的眼中
in the eyes of local people
14.知道 have knowledge about
15.穿着黑衣服 be dressed in black
16.把画钉到墙上
pin the picture to the wall
17.闻名于中国
become famous all over China
18.充当 serve as
19.古代 in ancient times
20.据信 It is believed that
21.挖出 dig up
22.热情接待 warmly receive them
23.占地……面积 cover a vast area of
24.神秘的宫殿 the mysterious palaces
25.弄清楚 make clear
篇11：高考英语二轮复习辅导---非谓语动词教案(人教版高三英语教案教学设计)
[直击考纲]
1、考查贯穿各个高考各中题型。
2、非谓语动词的时态、语态和句法功能。
[热点综观]
1、知识图谱
时态 不定式
主动/被动 动名词
主动/被动 现在分词
主动/被动
一般时 to do / to be done doing / being done doing / being done
完成时 to have done /
to have been done having done / having been done having done / having been done
进行时 to be doing
完成进 行 to have been doing
2、重点难点
① 非谓语动词的否定式中not前置与非谓语动词。
② 非谓语动词在固定搭配中的使用。
③ 非谓语动词的时态语态在语境中的使用。
④ 动名词和不定式的主动形式表示被动意义。
⑤ 不定式中to的省略。
⑥ 不定式和动名词作结果状语、主语、宾语、宾补时含义上的区别。
⑦ 动名词的复合结构。
⑧ 独立主格结构的运用。
3、热点冷点
① 非谓语动词作不同句子成分的用法，寻找非谓语动词的逻辑主语来确定非谓语动词的形式。
② 非谓语动词在特定动词后面、词组中的搭配使用，尤其是用不定式和动名词作宾语的区别。
③ 状语从句省略为连词+非谓语动词结构。
④ 独立主格结构的构成、非谓语动词在独立主格结构中的形式、悬垂结构考查不多，应适当注意
[经典与原创]
[例1] （江西高考）
_____ and no way to reduce her pain and suffering from the terrible disease, the patient sought her doctor’s help to end her life.
A. Having given hope of cure
B. With no hope for cure
C. There being hope for cure
D. In the hope of cure
[互动] 本题考查根据句意正确选择状语。从后半句“病人寻求医生的帮助来结束生命”说明其原因是“没有治愈的希望”，由此判断A、C、D意思都不合题意，只有B表示否定“没有希望”，符合题意。
[答案]B
[小结]非谓语动词的考查往往考查结构，但也要注意句子前后的意思是否相符。
[例2] What is the way George thought of _____ enough money to buy the computer?
A. to get B. getting C. having got D. being got
[互动]考查学生突破定向思维的能力的同时考查非谓语动词用法。解本题的关键在于要看出题干中的“非直接相邻”现象，不能看到of就认为后面应该跟动名词，而要意识到George thought of是the way的第一个定语，第二个定语是个动词不定式，被George thought of隔开了，应该是“George想到的得到足够的钱买电脑的办法”。
[答案]A
[小结] 出题者有意把两个看似完全不相干的词放在一起作为选项，或者让题干中的词与选项中的词的搭配看上去完全不相干，有时出题人把宾语提前，使谓语与其他成分相连，这种情况在测试题中比较常见，解这些题目要打破定向思维。
[高考面对面]
1. The man we followed suddenly stopped and looked as if _____ whether he was going in the right direction.
A. seeing B. having seen
C. to have seen D. to see
2. I send you 100 dollars today, the rest _____ in a year.（2005湖南高考）
A. follows B. followed
C. to follow D. being followed
3. ---- You should have thanked her before you left.
---- I meant _____, but when I was leaving I couldn’t find her anywhere.
A. to do B. to C. doing D. doing to
4. When we got back home, I saw a message pinned to the door _____ “Sorry to miss you. I’ll call late.”
A. read B. reads C. to read D. reading
5. With a lot of difficult problems_____, the newly-elected president is having a hard time.
A. settled B. settling
C. to settle D. being settled
6. Prices of daily goods _____ through a computer can be lower than store prices.
A. are bought B. bought
C. been bought D. buying
7. The repairs cost a lot, but it’s money well _____.（2005湖北高考）
A. to spend B. spent
C. being spent D. spending
8. With his money _____, he couldn’t go home.
A. leaving B. missed
C. running out D. run out
9. He hurried to the hospital ____ his breakfast ____.
A. left; unfinished B. leaving; unfinished
C. leaving; unfinished D. left; unfinishing
10. _____ the children the way she does, Sue should become a teacher.
A. Liking B. Liked C. Like D. To like
11. Finding her car stolen, _____.
A. a policeman was asked to help
B. the area was searched thoroughly
C. it was looked for everywhere
D. she hurried to a policeman
12. _____ here in time, they came _____ all the way.
A. Getting; running B. To get; running
C. To get; to run D. Getting; to run
13. At the end of , there were around 3,000 foreign printing companies in China, _____ up around 2 percent of national total.
A. made B. to make C. making D. having made
14. The doctor examined him carefully, only _____ his illness was serious.
A. find B. to find C. finding D. found
15. Daddy didn’t mind what we were doing, as long as we were together, _____ fun.（2005重庆高考）
A. had B. have C. to have D. having
16. To get a better view of the stage, _____.
A. our seats had to be changed
B. our seats were changed
C. we had to change our seats
D. we have to changed our seat
17. ---- What should I do with this passage?
---- _____ the main idea of each paragraph.（2005重庆高考）
A. Finding out B. Found out
C. Find out D. To find out
18. ---- Do you have anything more _____, sir?
---- No. You can have a rest or do something else.
A. typing B. to be typed C. typed D. to type
19. He let me repeat his instruction _____ sure that I understood what was _____ after he went away.
A. to make; to be done B. making; doing
C. to make; to do D. making; to do
20. You can never imagine what great trouble I have had _____ him to stop smoking.
A. persuading B. promising C. making D. having
21. _____ the meeting himself gave them a great deal of encouragement.
A. The president will attend
B. The president to attend
C. The president attended
D. The president’s attending
22. The purpose of new technologies is to make life easier, ______ it more difficult.
A. not make B. not to make
C. not making D. do not make
23. When _____ help, one often says “Thank you” or “It’s very kind of you”.（2005福建高考）
A. offering B. to offer
C. to be offered D. offered
24. I found the German language hard _____.
A. to learn B. to be learned
C. learning D. learned
25. He glanced over at her, _____ that though she was thin, she seemed very well put together.（2005广东高考）
A. noting B. noted
C. to note D. having noted
26. It had no other effect except _____ him all the anxieties.
A. make B. making C. to make D. made
27. ---- Can the project be finished as planned?
---- Sure, _____ it completed in time, we’ll work two more hours a day.（2005福建高考）
A. having got B. to get
C. getting D. get
28. ---- Why haven’t you bought any butter?
---- I _____ to but I forgot all about it.
A. liked B. wished C. meant D. expected.
29. He was reading a very interesting story, completely _____ to the outside world.
A. losing B. being lost
C. to be lost D. lost
30. It’s necessary to be prepared for a job interview. ____ the answers ready will be of great help.（2005北京高考）
A. To have had B. Having had
C. Have D. Having
31. The party was successful, but we thought it a pity not _____ you.
A. invite B. to invite
B. inviting D. to have invited
32. ---- Li Ming is said _____ abroad. Do you know what country he is in?
---- Yes, in Britain.
A. to have studied B. to study C. to be studying
C. to have been studied
33. _____ here at the top of the mountain with no one else near you must be very lonely.
A. Live B. Living C. To live D. To be living
34. Wenhui Daily, a local newspaper in Hongkong, _____ on April 2nd that the famous singer and actor Zhang Guorong killed himself the day before.
A. writing B. wrote C. saying D. said
35. The military actions against Iraq, _____ despite opposition from most countries and people across the world, broke the international law.
A. turned out B. carried out
C. coming out D. taking out
36. The water tower _____ now near the broadcasting station is _____ soon.
A. to be put up; completed
B. being put up; to be completed
C. to be put up; being completed
D. being put up; being completed
37. When asked by the police, he said that he remembered _____ at the party, but not _____.（2005北京高考）
A. to arrive; leaving B. to arrive; to leave
C. arriving; leaving D. arriving; to leave
38. I carefully poured the liquid into the water, my classmates _____ anxiously beside me to see what would happen.
A. stood B. standing C. to stand D. were standing
39. Mr. Smith flew to New York this morning, his assistant ______ him there this Saturday.
A. joining B. to join
C. will join D. wants to join
40. _____ and out of breath, we reached the top of the mountain and stopped _____ the beautiful scenery.
A. Tiring; to admire B. Being tired; admiring
C. Tired; to admire D. Tired; admiring
41. _____ around Tian’anmen Square, the tourists were taken to visit the Palace Museum.
A. Showing B. Having shown
C. Being shown D. Having been shown
42. Unfortunately he fell over some bricks _____ lying on the ground.
A. left B. having left C. leaving D. to leave
43. They were not yet aware of the hopelessness of their situation, _____ the lack of fresh water on the lifeboat.
A. giving B. given C. to give D. being given
44. ____ with a difficult situation, Arnold decided to ask his boss for advice. （2005北京春招）
A. To face B. Having faced
C. Faced D. Facing
45. ---- Shall we discuss the problem at the meeting today?
---- We’d better not. _____, the problem isn’t so burning. What’s more, the manager won’t be back until tomorrow.
A. Begun with B. Beginning with
C. To begin with D. Being begun with
46. The world Trade Organization finally opened its door to China on November 10, _____ a 15-year wait.
A. to end B. ended C. ending D. ends
47. The village seemed deserted, the only sign of life _____ an ugly-looking goat tied to a tree in a field nearby.
A. is B. being C. was D. be
48. It was _____ computer games that took the boy a lot of time that he ought to have spent on his lessons.
A. to have played B. playing
C. played D. having played
49. _____ on a park bench and _____ the brightly colored leaves _____ gently to the ground, he felt at peace with the world.
A. Sitting; watching; fall B. To sit; watch; falling
C. Sitting; watching; to fall
D. To sit; watching; falling
50. ---- What do you think made the girl so glad?
---- _____ a beautiful necklace.
A. As she received B. Receiving
C. Received D. Because of receiving
51. What do you think _____ to make himself _____?
A. Bob will say; believe B. will Bob say; believe
C. Bob will say; believed D. will Bob say; believe
52. How many of us _____, say, a meeting that is not important to us would be interested in the discussion?
A. attended B. to attended C. attending
D. have attended
53. A new garden, _____ near our school, will be under construction soon.
A. said to have been built B. said to be built
C. said to be building D. said to build
54. With the weather conditions _____, they flew to London immediately.
A. considered B. considering
C. to consider D. to be considered
55. _____ Sunday, rather than _____ at home, I preferred _____.
A. It being; stay; to travel
B. Being; to stay; to travel
C. Having been; stay; travel
D. It was; to stay; traveling
56. UN Secretary General Kofi Annan points out that, _____, the situation will get worse and worse in the Middle East.
A. if not dealing with properly
B. if not properly dealt with
C. unless dealing with properly
D. until properly dealt with
57. I am sorry. I can’t help ______ the floor of the waiting room.
A. swept B. sweeping C. to sweep D. to sweeping
[高考猜想]
58. People in developed countries are supposed _____ more healthy food before than they have today.
A. to be having B. to have C. having
D. to have had
专题10 单项填空 非谓语动词
1-5. DCBDC 6-10. BBCBA 11-15. DBCBA 16-20. CDBAA 21-25. DBAAA 26-30. CBCDC
31-35. DCBDB 36-40. BABBC 41-45. DBBCC 46-50. CBBAB 51-55. CCBAA 56-58. BCD
1. 考查非谓语动词在固定句型中的使用。as if后面可直接跟不定式，但不能接动词-ing形式，故排除A、B两项，而动词不定式的完成时表示过去完成了的动作，不合本题意，因此也可排除。as if = as though“好象”，后跟宾语从句时可根据具体情况使用陈述语气或虚拟语气。
2. 此题考查谓语动词与非谓语动词的辨析，还要理清句子结构。that前是个主句，that引导的是个定语从句，其先行词是a site，在定语从句中many people think是插入语，空格处是谓语部分。插入语经常被出题人放在题目中，使句子复杂化，增加句子的难度，做题时可以把插入语去掉，便于理解句子结构。
3. 本题在考查非谓语动词的同时，考查mean的用法。mean后面既可以跟动名词也可以跟不定式做宾语。mean to do表示“打算做某事”，而mean doing“意味着（做）某事”，还要注意meant过去式表示过去的打算或有意的行为，肯定式表示过去未能实现的计划或打算，而否定式表示过去并非有意要做的事情。本题意思是“我想跟她道谢来着，但走的时候没找到她”，简略回答时，不定式后的动词可省。mean还有“卑鄙的；吝啬的”之意，是阅读中常见的一个词，如：a mean trick（卑劣的把戏）。
4. 考查非谓语动词做定语的用法。表示文字材料上“写着…”或仪表仪器上面的“读数是…”，常用read或say，是及物动词。在本题中reading做message的后置定语，中间的pinned to the door是saw复合结构中的宾补。pin to“钉在…上”，用介词to，类似的有tie to, fasten to“系在…上；拴在…上”
5. 考查非谓语动词作宾补。with后面跟复合结构作状语，宾语a lot of difficult problems与宾补settle之间是动宾关系，在此结构中用不定式的主动表示被动。本句意思是“有许多难题要解决，新当选的总统日子不好过”。如用with a lot of difficult problems settled则表示“许多问题已经解决”。
6. 考查句子结构和非谓语动词的用法。分析句子可见已有谓语动词can be，因此排除A，然后应该知道是考查非谓语动词做后置定语，看被修饰的词daily goods与动词buy之间是被动关系，因此排除D，因为过去分词做定语时本身已表示被动，因此不再需要被动结构，故再排除C。
7. 考查非谓语动词及其逻辑主语。分词做状语时，要与句子的主语是逻辑上的主谓关系，除非是独立主格结构。句中分词putting的逻辑主语是Nancy。put away“收拾好；把收起来”，give away“赠送”。
8. 考查非谓语动词做宾语补足语。with后面接复合宾语结构，本题中应该用现在分词作宾补，因为his money与run out之间是主动关系，run out“用完；耗尽”。表示“用尽；用完”的还有give out，无被动，如：Both my strength and money gave out.
9. 本题考查非谓语动词的用法。句中的谓语动词是hurried，且后面没有其它连词，故不能有两个谓语动词，因此left不可能是过去时，而应该是过去分词，故排除A、D两项。其次还考查了leave+宾语+宾补，unfinish与break之间是被动关系，应用过去分词作宾补。
10. 本题考查非谓语动词做状语的情况。从句意可知“Sue如此喜欢小孩子，她应该成为一名教师”，首先排除C，动词原形不能做状语，再排除D，因为“做教师”不是为了“喜欢孩子”，而不定式做状语常表示目的，最后排除B，因为like与句子的主语Sue之间是主动关系，不能用过去分词。
11. 非谓语动词做状语时，一定要注意其逻辑主语就是句子的主语，否则就是个错句。题干中的状语Finding的逻辑主语是车主she，因此完全可以一下子排除A、B、C。
12. 考查不定式和现在分词作状语时的不同含义。“他们一路奔跑，为的是及时赶到这里”，不定式作目的状语，现在分词作伴随状语。
13. 分析句子结构可知逗号后面应该是个结果状语，因此排除D，再看make与foreign printing companies之间是主谓关系，make当然用主动形式，故排除A，因为动词不定式做状语常表示意外的结果，故排除B，所以句中的making up around 2 percent of national total = which make up…这样一个非限定性定语从句。再如：
European football is played in 80 countries, _____ it the most popular sport in the world.
A. making B. makes C. made D. to make
答案A
14. 不定式作状语和动名词作结果状语意义是不同的。不定式作状语常表示意外的结果，而动名词常表示自然的结果。本句意思是“医生仔细给他检查了，发现他的病很严重”。再如：He got to the station only _____ the train had gone.
A. and told B. telling C. told D. to be told
答案D
15. 解析 what he could后省略了do，what引导的是宾语从句。不定式to help作目的状语，表示“尽力帮助某人”经常用do what one can to help sb.或do all/everything (that) one can to help sb.
16. 当不定式做状语时，不定式的逻辑主语应该与句子的主语一致，因此可以排除A、B两项，至于D，have to后面应该跟动词原形。
17. 本题考查不定式作目的状语。本句有make use of的被动语态，要突破定向思维，不能以为空格处是个of的宾语。本句的主动式是：We must make full use of every minute to do our lessons.
18. 在have something to do句型中，不定式与其修饰的名词或代词有动宾关系，同时又与句中的另一名词或代词有主谓关系，这时，不定式要用主动表示被动，如You need something to eat中的不定式是to eat是由you发出的动作，是主谓关系，用主动表被动。然而，当找不到能与不定式构成主谓关系的主语时，就要用被动式，如题干中，由上下文可知，第一句中的you并非type的主语，因此用被动，再如I’m going home. Do you have anything to be taken home?也是如此，take的主语不是you。
19. 考查动词不定式。选项中有两个是不定式，两个是现在分词，题干中“他让我重复他的说明来确信我知道他离开后要做些什么事”，因此前面的空格缺少的是动作的目的而不是伴随状态，很容易就排除B、D两项，后半句的主语what是要做的事情，动词不定式应该用被动形式。be to结构表示将来的动作，有“计划、打算、命令、义务、命中注定”之意。
20. 考查对固定词组在复杂句子结构中使用。本题考查的是固定词组have trouble/difficulty (in) doing sth.这一用法，难点是这一词组在题干中进行了变形，trouble提前做了先行词，而have放在了后面的定语从句中作了谓语，但结构的搭配和用法没有改变，相当于I have had great trouble persuading him to stop smoking，其次动词persuading表示“说服”，强调结果，C、D是搭配错误，其后不能用带to的动词不定式做宾补，promising是意思不符合题意。try to persuade = advice“尽力去说服（但不一定成功）”
21. 考查对句子结构的分析能力。分析句子成分可知，题干中的主语尚未完整，先排除A、C两项，因为陈述句作主语时得用That来引导，构成主语从句。再排除B，因为这是个由不定式作后置定语的名词，而句子的意思是“总统亲自参加会议（这件事）让大家深受鼓舞”，因此主语应该是个事件，只有D项动名词短语在结构和意义上都适合这个句子。that引导名词性从句时，除宾语从句外，都不能省。
22. 考查动词不定式做表语。从结构上看有两个不定式做表语，而且逻辑上是转折意义，因此，后面一个用否定形式。with/for the purpose of“以…为目的”，on purpose“故意”
23. 考查不定式符号to后面动词的省略现象。有时为了避免重复，可以用to来代替前面的不定式，这种情况还常出现在下列动词后：expect, prefer, care, mean, forget, want, wish, hope, try以及be glad/happy等后面。但如果在省略的不定式结构中有be, have, have been等词，这些词要保留，如：
---- Are you on holidays? ---- No, but I ‘d like to.
---- I didn’t tell him the news. ---- Oh, you ought to have.
本题把答语补全就是No, even though I am invited to go.然后根据语法规则变成省略句，将I am和不定式符号后的部分省略。even though = even if“即使”，as though = as if“好像”。
24. 本题考查动词不定式的主动表被动这一用法。当动词不定式作后置定语时，不定式的动词与前面所修饰的名词之间有动宾关系，又与该句主语构成逻辑上的主谓关系时，不定式主动表被动；不定式作表语形容词的状语，和句中主语构成逻辑上的动宾关系时，也要主动表被动。本题属于后者。另一结构：I find it hard to do…，其中it作形式宾语，真正的宾语是后面的动词不定式。
25. prove后既可跟不定式to be，又可直接跟形容词作表语。而选项B在时态上不合要求。其次，本题中的it是确指某一事物，而不是形式主语，因此prove在这里是系动词的用法，不用被动语态，而如果it作形式主语，那么prove常用被动语态，如：It is proved to be true that this matter is difficult to deal with.
26. 当except、but、save、than、as等连词前面有do动词时，后面接不带to的动词不定式，否则，后面接带to的动词不定式。如：
I have no choice but to wait for him at the very place.
Yesterday he did nothing except see a film.
27. 有些动词，像ask ,tell, try, need, want, wish, expect, hope, like, hate, love, know, care, prefer, mean等，当不定式作它们的谓语、宾语、补语时，为避免重复，常省去与前面动词一致的动词原形，而保留不定式符号，如：
He can go if he wishes to.
I would mend your radio, but I don’t know how to.
28. liked, wished, meant和 expected 都可后接动词不定式作宾语，但从提供的情况分析，是打算买而没买，应填meant。mean to do sth.：打算做某事；mean doing sth：意味着做某事。
29. 过去分词表状态，整个分词短语作状语，对句子的动作作说明。A是及物动词转换来的现在分词，但缺宾语。B是现在分词的被动式，表动作在进行，意思不对；C是不定式，表示将要发生的动作，意思也不对。再如：
______ at failing in the math exam, John wouldn’t like to talk about it to his parents.
A. Disappointed B. To be disappointed C. Disappointing D. Having disappointed
答案A
30. burn在此是不及物动词“燃烧”，而lock是及物动词，因此分别用现在分词和过去分词作宾补和表语。
31. 根据题意是指过去的事情，因此用不定式的完成式来表示过去的动作。再如：
Charles Babbage is generally considered ______ the first computer. (NMET 1993)
A. to invent B. inventing C. to have invented D. having invented
答案C
32. 根据后面的he is in可以推断是指现在的动作或状态，因此不定式要用进行时，to be studying。
33. 分析句子结构可知本句已有谓语动词，但主语部分不完整，首先排除A，因为动词不能作主语，其次，动名词和不定式都可以作主语，动名词作主语时表示一般或抽象的多次的行为，不定式作主语往往表示具体的或一次性的动作。从本题来看主语是个抽象概念“独居山顶，周围没有一个人（这样的生活）”，因此用动名词living比较合适。D用的是不定式的进行时，表示正在进行的动作与句子意思不符。
34. 首先分析本题的句子结构，发现空格处应该是谓语动词，因此排除A、C。其次区别动词的含义，表示报纸、牌示、仪表盘等等“说；指示着”一般用say，因此选D。表示文字材料上“写着…”或仪表仪器上面的“读数是…”，还可用read，是及物动词。再如：
When we got back home, I saw a message pinned to the door ______ “Sorry to miss you. I’ll call later.”
A. read B. reads C. to read D. reading
答案D
35. 本题在辨析动词词组的同时考查非谓语动词。分析句子结构可知空格处并非谓语动词，而是作为主语the military actions的补充说明，“不顾世界上绝大多数国家和人民的反对而进行”，根据意思应该用carry out，而turn out“结果是”，come out“出来；（真相）大白；出版”等，take out“取出”，这三个选项都不合题意。carried out = which were carried out非限定性定语从句。
36. 根据句中的now，可以断定the water tower是正在进行建造，而且是被动语态，应该用现在分词的被动语态，而谓语动词部分是be to结构表示将来时，to后面是不定式的被动语态，因为complete和the water tower之间是动宾结构，而the water tower是主语。动词不定式作定语通常表示尚未进行的动作，而现在分词作定语表示正在进行或已经发生的动作。再如：
If the building project ______ by the end of this month is delayed, the construction company will be fined.
A. to be completed B. is completed C. being completed D. completed
答案A
37. 根据句子意思“这种病如果不治疗的话能导致彻底失明”。if left untreated = if it is left untreated，是状语从句中的省略现象。
一般来说，省略现象出现于五种状语从句中
when, while, as, before, after, till, until, once等引导的时间状语从句
if, unless, whether等引导的条件状语从句
though, although, even if, whatever等引导的让步状语从句
as, than引导的比较状语从句
as, as if, as though引导的方式状语从句
遵循的原则
当从句与主句的主语或宾语一致，且从句谓语为be时，可将从句主语及be省略。
当从句的主语是it，且从句谓语含有be时，可将it及be省略。
当so或not代替上文内容，此时可有if + so/not句式
常见的结构
连词(as, as if, once)+名词
连词(though, whether, when)+形容词
连词(whether, as if, while)+介词短语
连词(when, while, though)+现在分词
连词(when, if, even if, unless, once, until, than, as)+过去分词
连词(as if, as though)+不定式
e.g. Once (he was) a teacher, he now works in a government office.
Work hard when (you are) young, or you’ll regret.
He looked everywhere as if (he was) in search of something.
While (I was) walking along the street, I heard my name called.
The exhibition is more interesting than (it was) expected.
He opened his lips as if (he were) to speak.
Her father told her to be careful when (she was) crossing the street.
Unless (it is) necessary, you’d better not refer to the dictionary.
Get up early tomorrow. If not (= If you don’t get up early), you will miss the first bus.
He may not be at home then, if so (= if he is not at home), leave him a note.
38. 本题考查独立主格结构。独立主格结构是由“逻辑上的主语+逻辑上的谓语部分”构成。逻辑上的谓语包括：现在分词、过去分词、不定式短语、介词短语等。分析句子结构，句子的前半部分已经有了主谓宾，因此后半部分是作状语，又因为my classmates不是整个句子的主语，因此用现在分词的独立主格结构，因为stand的逻辑主语是my classmates。本句意思是“我小心地把液体倒进水中，我的同学们焦急地站在旁边等着看会有什么情况发生”。再如：
The girl in the snapshot was smiling sweetly, ______.
A. her long hair flowed in the breeze B. her long hair was flowing in the breeze
C. her long hairs were flowing in the breeze D. her long hair flowing in the breeze
答案D
39. 后半句是个独立主格结构， A项表示正在进行的动作，不符题意；B项表示将要发生的动作，是正确答案；C、D是后半部分成了句子，但又缺少连词，故均错了。
40. 前半部分是形容词化了的过去分词tired和介词短语out of breath作状语，后面是不定式作目的状语。
41. 本题“被带领着参观了天安门广场，游客们又被带着去参观了颐和园”，强调动作发生的先后顺序，因此用完成时较合适，而且是被动语态。
42. 分析句子结构可以知道some bricks后面应该是个定语，leave后面可以跟复合宾语，leave sb./sth. doing表示“使某人/某物保持某种动作/状态”，本题中的some bricks是leave的宾语，因此过去分词作定语表示被动，而且用完成时态来表示动作发生在fell over这一动作之前，having left = which have been left。再如：
Taj majal, ______ by Shah Jahan for his wife, is thought to be one of the great architectural wonders of the world.
A. being built B. was built C. to have been built D. built
答案D
43. 过去分词given可以引导一个短语，通常在句中作状语，意思为：“在…的情况下，考虑到…”，相当于Considering …短语作状语。类似的还有Judging by, Generally speaking等，这种结构叫悬垂结构。如：
_____ the general state of his health, it may take him a while to recover from the operation.
A. Given B. To give C. Giving D. Having given
答案：A
再如：Given his poor English, it’s better to let him live with the foreign students.
44. “陷入沉思”deep in thought，因此排除B、D，“看到某人坐着”see sb. sitting或see sb. seated，因为sit是不及物动词，seat是及物动词，常用seat oneself。
45. 根据上下文的意思，这个问题最好不要在今天的会议上讨论，因为该问题不是那么burning“紧急；要紧”， to begin with通常用来陈述理由，表示“首先；第一”。
46. 动名词结果状语，表示自然而然的结果。
47. 分析句子结构发现句子的主、谓、宾已经齐备，那么空格处应该是状语的一部分，只有being是非谓语动词，在这里是现在分词的独立主格结构。
48. 这是个强调句，动名词短语是被强调的主语，表示一般性的或抽象的行为。
49. 分析句子成分知道句子的前半部分是状语，sitting和watching是and连接的两个状语，逻辑主语是句子的主语he，第三个空格则是watch复合宾语中的不带to的不定式作宾补。
50. 根据提问的疑问代词what，因此答语部分应该是个能作主语的短语或句子，只有receiving合适。
51. 本句前半部分是个双重疑问句，用宾语从句的语序，后半部分的不定式to make是目的状语，make后面用过去分词作宾补，因为believe与himself之间是被动关系，本句意思是“你认为Bob会说些什么来使大家相信他？”。
52. 首先要理清句子结构，因为较为复杂，我们可以将其简单化变成How many of us would be interested in the discussion?那么us后面应该是个定语，say是个插入语，出席会议的我们us attending a meeting，而meeting后面又是一个that引导的定语从句。
53. said过去分词短语作主语a new garden的补充说明，从will be under construction soon可知a new garden尚未开始，因此A、C用的不定式时态错误，D的语态错误。
54. 本句with结构中应该用过去分词作宾补，因为consider和the weather conditions之间是被动关系，“考虑到天气原因”。
55. 理顺句子结构和语序是解题的关键。考查prefer to do… rather than do…结构，本句中rather than前置了，但搭配不变，因此可以排除B、C、D，It being Sunday是独立主格作原因状语。
56. 状语从句的省略形式，if not properly dealt with = if it isn’t properly dealt with。详见37题解释。再如：
When ______ about her result of the English exam, the girl ______.
A. asked; burst into tears B. being asked; burst into laughter
C. he was asked; kept crying D. asked; kept her word
答案A
57. 考查相似短语或搭配的含义及使用。有时同学们会牢记一些特殊的词组和搭配而忽视最基本的用法，本题就是一例。can’t help doing和can’t help but do是两个较特殊的词组，意思是“不由得；不得不”，如果没有仔细审题就受到这两个词组的影响，那么很有可能会选B，而实际上本题考查的是help的基本用法help to do“帮忙做某事”。help作为动词，还有“有帮助；（药物等）有效；缓和”，如：
Crying won’t help, you know.
This medicine will help (your headache).
58. 本题结合动词搭配考查非谓语动词。后面的before说明应该用不定式的完成时来表示过去的动作。本句意思是“有人认为，发达国家的人们过去比现在有更健康的食物”。
篇12：高三复习：高一教材双单元知识点复习unit1-2(人教版高考复习英语教案教学设计)
Unit 1-2 Good friends & English around the world
Teaching aims: Vocabulary revision
Grammar revision
Teaching main-points: Vocabulary and grammar revision in the process of the integration between the teacher and the ss
Teaching Crux: 1) SS’ explanation about the vocabulary and grammar
2) Teacher’s further explanation and supplement
Teaching materials & focuses:
引申词汇: honesty, bravery, loyalty, wisdom, argument, classical, classic, survival， pronunciation,
词法：
1. quality: n.质量，品质，特点, 作质量讲，不可数，作品质和特点讲，可数。
He has all the qualities of a successful business man.
Quality is more important than quantity.
One quality of wood is that it can burn.
2. loyal: adj. 忠诚的，忠贞的，(常用搭配：be loyal to …对……忠诚)
They are loyal supporters. He is loyal to his country.
3. handsome ,beautiful , pretty区别.
这四个单词之间有区别,但区别不大,beautiful一般指女子的“美”,handsome指男子相貌等方面长得“英俊”或女子健美的, pretty指女子“小巧玲珑”的“美”。
4. wise；clever；smart区别
wise意为“聪明；英明”，它常用来说明一个人有智慧，有远见，有谋略；也可指由于知识、经验丰富及良好的判断能力而正确对待或处理人和事，常用于正式、客气的场合。注意：它多用来说明名人或伟人。例如：
a wise saying 至理名言
The people had considered Abraham Lincoln to be a great leader，and a wise，kind and honest man.亚伯拉罕-林肯是人民公认的伟大领袖，一个英明、慈祥、诚实的人。
clever表示“聪明；灵巧”时，指人或动物的脑子灵活；指做成的事物时，常含有巧妙的意思；clever是一个常用词，用得最广。例如：
People love to see the clever monkey.人们爱看这只聪明的猴子。
That is a clever plan.那是个巧妙的计划。
smart与clever同义，但更强调机敏的，精明的。另外， 还有“时髦的，整洁的”之意。 例如： You cannot cheat him because he is a smart boy.你骗不了他，因为他是个聪明的男孩 。
smart restaurants 高档餐馆； You look smart in that suit. 你穿上这套衣服显得很精神。
bright意为“聪明；思路敏捷”，它多用来指年轻人或小孩，常用于口语中。例如:
She is really a bright little girl.她真是一个聪明的小姑娘。
The bright boy is reading English in the bright room.这个聪明伶俐的男孩在明亮的房间里读英语。
Teaching aims: Vocabulary revision
Grammar revision
Teaching main-points: Vocabulary and grammar revision in the process of the integration between the teacher and the ss
Teaching Crux: 1) SS’ explanation about the vocabulary and grammar
2) Teacher’s further explanation and supplement
Teaching materials & focuses:
4. classic, classical 区别
Classic 经典的，优秀的，一流的，典型的，古雅的
A classic movie/work经典影片/作品， a classic example/case 典型的例子/错误， a classic design 古雅的设计
Classical 西方古典的，传统的
A classical composer 古典作曲家 a classical theory 古典学说
5. argue (常用搭配：argue with sb about /over sth, argue for /against doing sth ; argue that …)
Argument 争吵，争论，理由，论点，论据
We had an argument with the waiter about the bill. 我们和服务员就帐单发生了争吵。
There are strong arguments for and against euthanasia. 对安乐死支持和反对者都提出了强有力的论据。
4. be into sth. 在非正式英语中，该短语表示“对……深感兴趣”，“深深迷上……”
eg. Her two children are into art.
5. alone 与lonely
alone: adj. “独自一人的”表示客观状态，无感情色彩。只能作表语，不能作定语。或指没有朋友的孤独, 寂寞，无依无靠。
adv. “独自、单独”
[注意] alone 用在名词或代词后面的时候表示“只有(only)”
lonely: adj. 表示人“孤独的，寂寞的”； 表示地方“荒凉的，人烟稀少的”，有感情色彩。既可做定语，也可做表语。
eg. (1) I am alone, but I don’t feel lonely.
(2) Chuck lived alone on the lonely island for five years.
(3) We have no idea why he left the company. Tom alone knows the secret.
(4) When people came to know that the girl was connected with the theft, no one liked to stay with her; so she felt very alone and in the end she went to a lonely village to live in.
6. name n. 名字， vt. 命名(常用搭配：name sth/sb after sb, call sb’s names , live up to one’s name )
He was named after his father. 他的名字和他父亲一样。
Chairs, tables, cabinets-you name it, he makes it. 椅子，桌子，橱柜――凡是你说得出的他都能做。
Teaching aims: Vocabulary revision
Grammar revision
Teaching main-points: Vocabulary and grammar revision in the process of the integration between the teacher and the ss
Teaching Crux: 1) SS’ explanation about the vocabulary and grammar
2) Teacher’s further explanation and supplement
Teaching materials & focuses:
7. survive vi. 生存，存活 vt. 幸免于难，挺过，比。。。活的时间长
I can’t survive on $40 a week. 我一星期40美圆，无法维持生活。
Many birds didn’t survive the winter. 许多鸟死于这次严冬。
She survived her husband by ten years. 丈夫死后她又活了10年。
8. think about 及其他
Think about 考虑，打算 don’t you ever think about other people? 你难道从来没考虑过别人？
Think for yourself 独立思考；自行决定
Think of sb /sth 想到， 认为
Can anybody think of a ay to raise money? 谁能想出集资的办法？
Politicians are not well thought of.
Think sth out 认真考虑，think sth over 慎重考虑， 仔细盘算； think through 充分考虑，想透； think sth up 想出，发明， think aloud 自言自语； think nothing of it. 别客气； think twice about sth 三思而行。 On second thought(s) 又一想，转念一想。
9. care about 关注，在意，担忧；关心，关怀；
She cares deeply about environmental issues. 她对环境问题深感担忧。
He cares about his employees.他关心他的雇员。
Care for 照顾，照料，非常喜欢
She moved back home to care for her elderly parents.
He cared for her more than she realized.
10. share (in ) sth有同样的感情或想法; share sth. (out ) among/ between sb. ; share sth. with sb.
eg. (1) We share the same room.
(2) True friends share in your sorrows as well as your joys.
(3) The teacher shared the books among the students.
(4) I will shall the cost with you.
n. 一份， 份额
eg. I take my share of the cost. 我负担我那部分的费用。
Teaching aims: Vocabulary revision
Grammar revision
Teaching main-points: Vocabulary and grammar revision in the process of the integration between the teacher and the ss
Teaching Crux: 1) SS’ explanation about the vocabulary and grammar
2) Teacher’s further explanation and supplement
Teaching materials & focuses:
11. Object n. 物体, 目标, 宾语, 对象 vi. 反对, 拒绝, 抗议 (object to ) vt. 提出...来反对(object that )
I really object to being charged for parking. 我真的反对为停车收费。
He objected that the police had arrested him without sufficient evidence. 他反对说警察没有足够证据就逮捕了他。
12. error n.错误, 过失, 误差解析：(be in error弄错了 stand in error弄错了 by error错误地 fall into an error误入歧途, 犯错误 in error弄错了的 错误地 lead sb. into error使犯错误 make an error出差错, 犯错误 commit an error出差错), 犯错误【同】 mistake 【辨析】 error 强调“违反某一既定标准, 不经心而做了错事, 产生偏差、疏忽或行动上的错误”, 如:an error in judgement判断上的错误。 mistake 指“由于粗心、不注意或在理解、认识或判断上的不正确而造成行动或看法上的错误”, 如: I take you as Li Xiaolai. I used your pen by mistake.我错拿了你的钢笔
Unit 2 English around the world
13. fly all the day direct from Seattle to London 看direct 和directly 区别
direct: used instead of directly in talking about journeys and timetables或表示亲自，直接
The plane goes direct from London to Houston.
The 10.40 goes direct to Leeds.
I prefer to dael with hi direct. 我更愿意直接跟他打交道。
Direct 其他用法
adj. 径直的, 直接的, 直系的, 直率的, [天]由西向东运行的, 顺行的
vt. 指引, 指示, 指挥, 命令, 导演
vi. 指导, 指挥
They are in direct contact with the hijackers.
the most direct route
Was that remark directed at me?
movie was directed by Steven Spielberg.
A police officer was directing the traffic.
The police officers had been directed to search the building.警察奉命搜查大楼。（很正式）
14. at all常用于否定句、疑问句和条件从句中以加强句子的语气，但在不同的句式中表示不同的意思。用于否定句，意思是“丝毫；根本”；用于疑问句，意思是“到底；究竟”；用于if条件句，意思是“既然；即使”。如
I don't like him at all. 我一点儿也不喜欢他。
It seems that women are either invisible in most school textbooks or, when they appear at all, they are seen performing low-status tasks.似乎女性在学校的教科书里没出现， 如果他们真的出现的话，她们也是在做低级的工作。
Why am I here at all? 我究竟在哪里？
They didn' t go there at all.他们根本没去过那地方。
Do it well if you do it at all.要做就要做得好。
Have you read any of the book at all?那本书你到底有没有读一点？
(2)at all有时也用于肯定句,但往往含有否定的意味.如:I'm surprised you came as all.想不到你还是来了.(原以为不会来)
Teaching aims: Vocabulary revision
Grammar revision
Teaching main-points: Vocabulary and grammar revision in the process of the integration between the teacher and the ss
Teaching Crux: 1) SS’ explanation about the vocabulary and grammar
2) Teacher’s further explanation and supplement
Teaching materials & focuses:
15. not really不是这样的。
另外，最高级可被序数词以及by far，nearly，almost，by no means，not quite，not really，nothing like等词语所修饰. 例如： This hat is by far／much／nearly／almost／not nearly／by no means/not quite／nothing like the biggest．
16. （1）at home在此表示“舒适；无拘束”，常与 be， feel或 make等动词连用。如：Please sit down and make yourself at home.请坐下别拘束。 She always felt at home in the old hotel. 她住在那老旅馆总觉得舒适自在。
(2)at home还可表示“在家；在国内”，或表示“精通；熟悉”，常与 in，on或 with等介词连用。如：
Are your parents at home？你的父母在家吗？ She is at home in modem music.她精通现代音乐。
17. majority n. 多数,大部分。作主语，强调整体时，使用单数动词；若强调团体中的每个分子，则动词用复数形式。
The majority is (are ) against the plan. 大多数人都反对这个计划。
majority常用于a/the majority of … ……的多数。
The majority of his books are kept upstairs.他的大部分书收藏在楼上。
The majority of doctors believe smoking is harmful to health.大多数医生认为吸烟对健康有害。
The majority of people seem to enjoying watching the football game.大多数人似乎都喜欢看足球赛。
major adj. 主要的；重要的；一流的
majority与 most的比较：
majority n. 常与冠词连用，表示“……中的大多数”用a/the majority of + 名词或代词。 most用作不定代词或形容词，表示“大多数”可用most + 名词或most of + the + 名词或most of + 代词。
e.g. A/The majority of people seem to prefer TV to radio.
Most people seem to prefer TV to radio.
Most of the people seem to prefer TV to radio.
大多数人似乎都喜欢看电视而不喜欢听收音机。
Most of them speak English.他们中的大多数人说英语。
Most classical music sends me to sleep.古典音乐我大多听着听着就睡着了。
It rained for the most of the summer.夏天大部分时间都下雨。
18. total n. 总数。in total = in all = altogether总共，总计。
That will cost you 7.50 pounds in total.你总共要花7.50英磅。
In total, there are 250.000 books in the library.图书馆里总共有二十五万册图书。
adj. 整个的，全部的，总数的。
What is the total cost of our trip to the seaside?
v. 总数为，加起来是。
The money left totals only $15. How can we get back home.
Teaching aims: Vocabulary revision
Grammar revision
Teaching main-points: Vocabulary and grammar revision in the process of the integration between the teacher and the ss
Teaching Crux: 1) SS’ explanation about the vocabulary and grammar
2) Teacher’s further explanation and supplement
Teaching materials & focuses:
19. more than 更多，不仅仅， 非常
I like her more than her husband. 我比较喜欢她，不喜欢她丈夫。
Signing the forms is little more than (= only=no more than) a formality. 在表格上签名仅仅是一种形式。
I’m more than happy (= extremely happy) to take you there in my car. 我非常乐意用我的车带你去那儿。
She was more than a little shaken (= extremely shaken) by the experience. 这次经历对她产生了巨大的震动。
20. except , except for , 区别 （160页教材解析）
Except经常引起同类事物中被排除的一项。 Except for 用来引述细节以修正句子的主要意思。后面的名词与前面的名词经常不是同一类。
He goes to work every day ____rainy days.
A. except on B. except for C. but that D. besides 答案是A。
He is a good man except for hot temper.
And now it's almost finished, except for one last job.
Except for Governmental action, there will be no increase in the cost of your holiday.
besides意思是“除……之外（还有）…..”,其内涵是“加上”。
e.g. Do you know other language besides German?
Li Lei also went to the park besides you.
except that (wh-) 其后需加从句，用来表示理由或细节，修正前面所说的情况。可以与except for互换。
e.g. Your composition is well-written except that there are some spelling mistakes.
I usually go to school by bike except when it rains.
21. stay up 不睡觉，熬夜，不倒塌。
The student stayed up all night to study.
Tell him to stay up until I get home.
Some strong houses stayed up in the earthquake.
22. difficulty (have difficulty(in) doing做某事有困难（费力）。)做可数名词时，表示“一件困难的事”，做不可数名词时，表示“困难”。
eg. (1) Do you have any difficulty in learning English?你学英语很吃力吗？
(2) Everyone in the town knew him , so we had no difficulty in finding his house.
城里人人都认识他，所以，我们毫不费力地找到了他的家。
如果difficulty后接名词时，名词前面要加with，即have difficulty with something。同样的用法还有：be busy doing something, be busy with something。help somebody (to) do something, help somebody with something。
另外，difficulty还可以用trouble或problem替换。
23. come about（某情况）发生
Sometimes it is hard to tell how a quarrel comes about. 有时候很难解释争吵发生的原因。
I will never understand how it came about that you were on hour late on such a short journey.
我真不懂这么短的路程你怎么会迟到一个小时。
表示“发生”的动词和动词词组还有：happen, take place, break out等。这些动词或动词词组都是不及物动词的性质，因此，都没有被动语态。
引申：come 其他词组
Come to 涉及，说到 (when it comes to …) 达到（come to nothing 没有结果）苏醒(come to oneself)
How come….. 怎么回事？If she spent 5 years in Paris, how come her French is so bad?
Come across 偶然遇见， （被理解，被弄懂，给人以。。。印象）
Come after sb 追赶，追随
Come along 一起来，快点 I’m glad you come along. Come along! We are late already!
come at 扑向， come back 回来，回想起 come down 下来，得病（come down with）come on 加油，催促 come out 出现，出版 come over 顺便来访， come up （植物）发芽，（问题等）出现，发生
Teaching aims: Vocabulary revision
Grammar revision
Teaching main-points: Vocabulary and grammar revision in the process of the integration between the teacher and the ss
Teaching Crux: 1) SS’ explanation about the vocabulary and grammar
2) Teacher’s further explanation and supplement
Teaching materials & focuses:
24. .end up 最后有某种结局，最后成了，结束。
If you go on like this you’ll end up in prison. 如果你继续这样，早晚得进监狱。
He ended up as the head of the firm.
At first they hated each other, but they ended up getting married. 起初他们互相仇恨，到后来却成了夫妻。
引申：end in sth 以。。。结尾，末端是
The word I’m thinking of ends in ‘-ous’. 我想到的词以ous 结尾。
Their long struggle ended in failure. 他们的长期斗争以失败告终。
句法
1. nor do I like computers.
So is skiing
常用的表示“也”的句型：肯定：so +be /do ／have+主语 否定：neither /nor +be/do/have +主语, so it is with me
1) If you don’t go, neither will I.
2) - Do you know Tom bought a new car?
- I don't know, _______.
A. nor don't I care B. nor do I care C. I don't care neither D. I don't care also
3) It is such a difficult task and I am afraid I can’t complete it in time. ---So it is with me.
4) She is such a lovely girl. ---So she is.
5) The teacher told us to improve our listening, and so we did.
2. 直接引语和间接引语
直接引语/间接引语答题技巧：
一字不改地引述的别人的话，叫做直接引语；用说话人自己的话转述的别人的话，叫做间接引语。
e.g. “ I can see him now,” the boss said. (直接引语)
The boss said that he could see you now. (间接引语)
直接引语变为间接引语会产生以下的变化：
1． 时态的变化 主句和从句的时必须保持一致 （现在对现在；过去对过去）
2． 人称的变化 从句的人称根据主句的主语的着眼点来决定（you---I/me/we/us）
3． 时间状语的变化 now---then; today----that day; tonight---that night; yesterday---the day before; the day before yesterday---two days before; three days ago---three days before; tomorrow---the next day; the day after tomorrow---in two days’ time; next week/year etc.---the next week/year etc.
4． 个别词的变化 this---that; these----those; come---go; bring---take
篇13：高三阅读理解训练 第三章 猜测词义(人教版高考复习英语教案教学设计)
第一课
一、试卷分析
近几年的NMET的阅读理解考项中总有一些考题要测试考生根据上下文和构词法知识猜 出生词词义或旧词具有新意的能力。例如：
1. Which of the following words can take the place of the word ”career“ in the first paragraph ? (92)
2. The word ”he“ in the last sentence refers to ______.[NMET92 80]
3. The word ”yielded“ in the last sentence means _______. [NMET93 73]
4. The underlined phrase ”make out“ in the first paragraph means ______. [NMET94 70]
5. The underlined words ”geothermal energy“ in the third paragraph mean ___. [NMET94 78]
6. The underlined word ”family“ in the second paragraph means _____. [NMET95 71]
7. The underlined word ”they“ in the last sentence of the first paragraph refers to ____ [NMET96 59]
8. The underlined word ”leg“ in ”Bicycle tour and race“ probably means _____. [NMET96 68]
9. The underlined phrase ”figure out“ in the text means _____. [NMET97 54]
10. The underlined word ”one“ refers to _____. [NMET97 68]
11. ”Act your age“ means people should _____. [NMET97 69]
12. The words ”Youth Summit“ refer to ______. [NMET98 55]
13. When the writer says ”Dick Spivak is just an ordinary man“, he means _____. [NMET98 58]
14. What did Cory Luxmoore mean when he said ”I'm on high“? [NMET99 55]
15. The underlined word ”it“ in the second paragraph refers to the idea that Computertowns (99)
16.”Professional work“ used in the text means _______. [NMET99 69]
17. Which of the following can be used in place of ”Quite the reverse“?[NMET 61]
18. Spundels and ballalators are used in the text to refer to _________.[NMET2000 65]
由此可见，高考对考生推测词义的能力是非常重视的。这就要求我们在阅读时要通过上下文交代的内容做出合乎逻辑的推理。在必要时，做些语法分析，通过词与词的关系，确定其词性；有时根据常识和生活经验或构词法知识，完全可以对那些从未见过的生词的词义做出正确的推测。
一般说来，这种题型的题干部分总含有mean, refer to的字样。做这种题时，特别要注意的是，对于那些我们熟悉的词千万不要妄自、草率下结论，一定要结合上下文判断它在文中的意思。例如95年的71题：The underlined word ”family“ in the second paragraph means _____.
A. home B. children C. wife and husband D. wife and children
”family“是我们很熟悉的词了，意为“家庭”，但以这个意思理解family的话，我们就无法选择答案了。但是，如果我们结合上下文“The baker, with his wife and family, was able to get out through a window in the roof.”就很容易看出family其实指的是”children子女“，所以答案应该是B。
因此，考生不仅要知道常用词的意思，更要知道其灵活变化的意思。 在阅读理解测试中，常见的考查这种技能的题型有：
1． The word ”...“ in line ... most nearly means _____.
2． The word ”...“ in line ... probably means _____.
3． In line ..., the word ”...“ refers to _____.
4． In line ..., the word ”...“ could best be replaced by which of the following?
5． The word ”...“ as used in line ... in this passage means _____.
6． The word ”...“ as used in line ... is closest in meaning to ____.
7． In line ..., ”...“ could properly be replaced by ____.
8． By ”...“, the author means _____.
二、基本训练
In America, where labor costs are so high, ”do-it-yourself“ is a way of life. Many people repair their own cars, build their own garages, even remodel their own houses. Soon they may also be writing their own books. In Hollywood there is a company that publishes children's books with the help of computers. Although other book companies also publish that way, this particular company is very unusual.It ”personalizes“ the books by having computer make the reader the leading character in the story. Here is how they do it. Let us say your child is named Jenny. She lives on Oak Drive in St. Louis, has a dog named Spot, a cat named Tabby, and three playmates whose names are Betsy, Sandy, and Jody. The computer uses this information to fill out a story that has already been prepared and illustrated（配上插图）. The story is then printed with standard equipment as a hard- cover book. A child who receives such a book might say, ”This book is about me.“ Therefore the company calls itself the ”Me- Books Publishing Company“. Children like the me- books because they like to see in print their own names and the namesof their friends and pets. But more important, ”personalization“ had been found to be an important tool in developing enthusiasm for reading.
Question: Here ”fill out a story“ means ______.
A. complete a story B. make full a story
C. tell a story D. invent a story
三、高考实战 （高考阅读试题）
We walked in so quietly that the nurse at the desk didn't even lift her eyes from the book. Mum pointed at a big chair by the door and I knew she wanted me to sit down. While I watched mouth open is surprise, Mum took off her hat and coat and gave them to me to hold. She walked quietly to the small room by the lift and took out a wet mop. She pushed the mop past the desk and as the nurse looked up, Mum nodded and said, ”Very dirty floors. “
”Yes, I'm glad they've finally decided to clean them, “the nurse answered. She looked at Mum strangely and said, ”But aren't you working late?“
Mum just pushed harder, each swipe(拖一下)of the mop taking her farther and farther down the
hall. I watched until she was out of sight and the nurse had turned back to writing in the big book.
After a long time Mum came back. Her eyes were shining. She quickly put the mop back and took
my hand. As we turned to go out of the door, Mum bowed politely to the nurse and said, ”Thank you.“
Outside, Mum told me, ”Dagmar is fine. No fever. “
”You saw her, Mum?“
”Of course. I told her about the hospital rules, and she will not expect us until tomorrow. Dad will
stop worrying as well. It's a fine hospital. But such floors! A mop is no good. You need a brush.“
51. When she took a mop from the small room what Mum really wanted to do was .
A. to clean the floor B. to please the nurse
B. to see a patient D. to surprise the story-teller
52. When the nurse talked to Mum she thought Mum was a .
A. nurse B. visitor
C. patient D. cleaner
53. After reading the story what can we infer about the hospital?
A. It is a children's hospital.
B. It has strict rules about visiting hours.
C. The conditions there aren't very good.
D. The nurses and doctors there don't work hard.
54. From the text we know that Dagmar is most likely
A. the story-teller's sister B. Mum's friend
C. the story-teller's classmate D. Dad's boss
55. Which of the following words best describes Mum?
A. strange B. warm-hearted
C. clever D. hard-working
When you want to see if a library has the book you want, you can use the catalogue(目录)in the
library. Most catalogues of books in a library take the form of small cards kept in boxes. One way of arranging(排列)the cards is in ABC order by the family names of the writers.
Catalogue cards usually give the following important information:(1)the name of the writer, (2)the
shelf-mark(架号), that is, the Dewey number which helps people to find where the books are, (3)the title of the book, (4)the year of publication and the publisher, and (5) the number of pages in the book.
56. If you know the title of a book and want to find out if it is in the catalogue, what else do you need to
know?
A. The shelf-mark. B. The name of the writer.
C. The Dewey number. D. The year of publication.
57. Which of the following is the kind of catalogue card described in the text?
Most animals have little connection with animals of a different kind, unless they hunt them for
food. Sometimes, however, two kinds of animals come together in a partnership(伙伴关系)which does good to both of them. You may have noticed some birds sitting on the backs of sheep. This is not because they want a ride, but because they find easy food in the parasites (寄生虫)on sheep. The sheep allow the birds to do so because they remove the cause of discomfort. So although they can manage without each other, they do better together.
Sometimes an animal has a plant partner. The relationship develops until the two partners cannot
manage without each other. This is so in the corals(珊瑚)of the sea. In their skins they have tiny plants which act as ”dustman“, taking some of the waste products from the corals and giving in return oxygen which the animal needs to breathe. If the plants are killed, or are even prevented from light so that they cannot live normally, the corals will die.
58. Some birds like to sit on a sheep because .
A. they can eat its parasites
B. they depend on the sheep for existence
C. they enjoy travelling with the sheep
D. they find the position most comfortable
59. The underlined word ”they“ in the last sentence of the first paragraph refers to.
A. birds and parasites B. birds and sheep
C. parasites and sheep D. sheep, birds and parasites
60. It can be learnt from the text that the coral depends on the plant for .
A. comfort B. light
C. food D. oxygen
61. What does the second paragraph mainly discuss?
A. Some animals and plants depend on each other for existence.
B. Some animals and plants develop their relationship easily.
C. Some plants depend on each other for food.
D. Some animals live better together.
In the 19th century England people liked to go to the seaside. In those days, ladies wore long
bathing dresses, and men wore bathing suits. Women did not walk about on the beach(沙滩) in their bathing dresses. They hired a bathing machine. A bathing machine was used for changing in, and for taking the bather down to the sea. It cost 2 pence(便士) to hire a machine and an attendant(侍者). When she had paid, the bather climbed up the back steps and got into the bathing machine. Then she changed into her bathing dress. When she had changed, the machine was pulled down to the sea. The bathing machine stopped in the water and the bather went down the front steps into the water. If she did not want to get into the sea, the attendant pulled her in.
62. A 19th century English lady bathing in the sea would wear something like:
63. Who used the bathing machine?
A. Women bathers.
B. Both men and women bathers.
C. Bathers who couldn't swim.
D. Bathers who couldn't walk.
64. A bathing machine was mainly used for .
A. giving the bather a pleasure ride on the beach
B. giving the bather some exercise before getting into the water
C. protecting the bather from catching cold from the sea wind
D. protecting the bather from being seen in a bathing dress out of water
65. In 19th century people who used the bathing machine usually did the following things. Which is
the right order for doing them?
a. Changing into bathing clothes b. Getting out of the bathing machine
c. Paying 2 pence d. Getting into the bathing machine
e. Being taken down the beach f. Getting into the water
A. e, d, a, b, f, c B. c, d, a, e, b, f
C. c, d, e, a, b, f C. d, a, e, b, f, c
EVENTS(赛事)
Bicycle tour(旅行)and race
A bike tour and race will be held on August 26 and 27(Sat. & Sum. ). At 5:30am, the riders will
leave Tian'anmen Square and ride the first 35 kilometres as a training leg. Then the next 55 kilometre leg, from Yanjiao to Jixian, will be the first competitive(竞争性的)part of the tour. The riders and their bikes will then be taken from Jixian to Changli.
The second racing leg of the tour will be from Changli to the seaside of Nandaibe, covering a
distance of 20 kilometres. Saturday night includes the stay at Nandaihe and supper. Sunday morning is free for play at the seaside. At noon all the people and their bikes will be taken back to Beijing.
Cost:200 yuan Telephone:4675027
Brazilian footballers
The Brazilian Football Club will play Beijing Guo'an Team at the Workers Stadium on August 26.
The club has four national team players . Also coming is 1994 US World Cup star Romario who has promised to play for at least 45 minutes.
Ticket prices:60,100,150 yuan
Time/Date:4:30 pm, August 26(Sat. ) Telephone:5012372
Rock climbing
The Third National Rock Climbing Competition will be held on August 26-27 at the Huairou
Mountain-climbing Training Base. More than 10 teams from Beijing, Wuhan, Dalian, Jilin and other places will take part in it. A Japanese team will give an exhibition climbing. Free for spectators(观众).
Take a long-distance bus from Dongzhimen to Huairou.
Time/Dates:9-12 am, August 26 and 27
Telephone:7143177, 7144850, Wang Zhenghua
66. The main purpose of announcing the above events is to give information about .
A. visiting teams B. famous players
C. things to do for the weekend D. prices to pay for the sports events
67. If you take part in the bike tour, you will ride for .
A. 35 kilometres B. 55 kilometres
C. 75 kilometres D. 110 kilometres
68. the underlined word ”leg“ in ”Bicycle tour and race“ probably means .
A. race B. practice
C. part of the training D. part of the tour
69. What is special about the rock climbing competition?
A. A foreign team takes part in it.
B. You can watch it without paying.
C. You don't have to be a sportsman to take part.
D. The bus trip to the place of the competition is free.
70. If you want to find something to do for Saturday afternoon, which telephone number will you call?
A. 4675027 B. 7143177
C. 5012372 D. 7144850
四、能力测试
Building a house costs quite a lot of money. Suppose you plan to build a house. Your first step will be to find a right piece of land. Your choice will depend on many different things. You will probably try to find a sunny place, with pleasant surroundings（环境）near shops and bus stops, not too far from your friends and the place where you work.
Next you will find an excellent builder, and together with the builder you will work out a plan. The builder will draw the plan. It will show the number of rooms, their position and size, and other parts which must be noticed, such as windows, doors, and electric outlets. The builder will work out how much money is needed to build your house. He will work out the cost of the wood, bricks, the glass, and everything else that must be used in building the house. Later on, when he starts to build, this estimate（预算）must be corrected and revised（修正. His estimate is based on existing prices, but prices of such things may change, and many other things may happen between the time when he makes the estimate and the time when he builds the house.
When the builder gives his estimate, you may wish to change your plan. (You may also wish to change your builder, if his estimate is too high!) You may find that some of the features（特征）you wanted as first cost too much, or that you can spend a little more and add something to your plan. The builder's estimate depends on the plan, but the final plan depends on the builder's estimate.
1． The best title of this passage is _____.
A. Building a House Costs Much Money
B. Estimate Is Important
C. Planning a House
D. Depend on the Builder
2． The first thing for a person to build a house is _____.
A. to get as much money as possible
B. to find a suitable piece of land
C. to work out a plan
D. to make an estimate
3． After choosing the best place to build the house, the following things for a person to build
a house are to _______.
A. work out a plan
B. find an excellent builder and work out a plan
C. make an estimate
D. both B and C
4． The phrase（短语）”draw a plan“ in this passage means _______.
A. making a picture of a building or a room
B. making a plan
C. working out a plan
D. pulling a picture out of a room
5． When the builder starts to build a house, his estimate will have to be corrected and revised because __
A. it is wrongly worked out by a workman
B. the future owner of the house thinks the estimate is so high that he cannot afford the building
C. the prices of building materials and the expenses(费用) of labor may be different from
the original prices and expenses
D. estimates are usually mistaken in the beginning
6． What is the relationship（关系）between the estimate and the plan?
A. The plan depends on the estimate.
B. The estimate depends on the plan.
C. The plan has nothing to do with the estimate.
D. The estimate and the plan depend on each other
第二课
一、技巧解疑
猜测词义的能力不光在考试时很重要，就连我们平时阅读英语文章时也很用得着哦。就象我
们在看中文的文章时，并不是一碰到生词就去查字典，而是根据语境去猜测生词的。我们读英语文章时，也应养成这样的习惯和能力。
要想提高猜测词义的能力，我们可从以下七个方法下意识地进行阅读。
1． 根据定义或解释说明猜测生词的词义
在be，be called，call等判断词出现的判断句中，可根据已知部分，猜测生词的含义。如：
1）A mosquito is a small flying pest that thrust the skin and then drink blood.
2）A person who is skilled at making or repairing wooden objects is called a carpenter.
你能猜出斜体部分单词的意思吗？mosquito是“蚊子”，carpenter是“木匠”。不难吧？
有时，我们还可根据定语从句或同位语对其修饰的先行词的词义做出推测。例如：
His uncle is a zoologist, an expert who does research on animals. 不难猜出，zoologist动物学家”
当看到文中的破折号“-”时，我们也应该留点神，因为它也可引出起解释说明作用的同位语或具有同义的短语或从句。如： Some organizations of United Nations prefer to take on Polyglots as their workers-those who can understand as well as speak many languages. 这里，Polyglot指的是“懂而且会说多种语言的人”。
2． 根据对比关系猜测生词的词义
在but，however，yet，otherwise，though这些表示意义转折的连词出现的句子中，其前后的词有明显的对比关系。根据已知的内容，通过这种对比关系，就很容易猜出生词的词义了。如：
1）Though Tom's face has been washed quite clean, his neck still remains grubby. grubby是什么意思呢？和clean相对，便是“肮脏的”了。
2）John usually wastes a lot of money on such useless things；his wife, however, is very thrifty.
和wastes a lot of money相对比，thrifty就是“节俭的”意思。
3． 通过因果关系猜测词义
because，since与as是连结原因状语从句的从属连词，so是连结表示结果的并列句的连词，so...that与such...that中的that是连结结果状语从句的。当这些信息词出现在有生词的句中，通过因果关系，依据已知部分，就能猜出生词的词义。例如：
1） She wanted the hairdresser to trim her hair a bit because it was too long. 根据后边的原因，我们就可推测出trim就是“修剪”的意思。right? Ok, it's your turn.看看你能否正确猜出下句中斜体词的意思。
2） The river is so turbid that it is impossible to see the bottom even when it is shallow.
根据that引导的结果状语从句，可以猜出，turbid的意思是“浑浊的”。你猜对了吗？
4． 根据生活常识猜测词义
运用逻辑推理能力，自身的生活经验及生活常识，根据上下文能读懂的部分，可以正确猜出词义。下面文字中斜体单词的词义你能猜出来吗？
1） Birds fly with their wings, and they pick up their foods, and then eat them with their beaks and they use their claws for tearing, seizing, pulling or holding objects.
2）Most of the roses are beginning to wither because of the cold. 句子的已知部分和我们的常识告诉我们： wings是“翅膀”；beaks是“喙”；claws是“爪子”；wither表示“枯萎”。
5． 根据同等关系猜测词义
同等关系，指的是一个词，一组词或短语在句中作同一成分，而且它们的词义都属于同一范畴。明显的标志是，这样的词组或短语中间常常用并列连词and或or来连接。例如：
1） At forty-two he was in his prime and always full of energy.
2） Are people born intelligent or stupid?
你能根据同等关系猜出斜体词的意思吗？从“年龄42岁”以及与prime具有同等关系的full of energy，可以猜出prime的意思是“盛年时期”。从选择连词or“还是”以及与intelligent处于同等位置的stupid“愚蠢的”可以猜测intelligent是“聪明的”意思。
6． 根据列举的事例猜测词义
如：You can take any of the periodicals: The World of English, Foreign Language Teaching in Schools, or English Learning. 从后面列举的例子可以猜出periodical是“期刊，杂志”的意思。
7． 根据构词法知识猜测词义
根据学过的构词法知识，知道词根和前缀或后缀的意义，就可猜出由它们组成的新词词义。
如： The colors of Hawaii in summer are unforgettable. 根据构词法和我们已熟悉的词forget，我们可以知道unforgettable就是“令人难忘的”意思。
二、基本训练
猜测各句中黑体显示的生词词义
1． Archaeology is the study of the buried remains of ancient times, such as houses, pots, tools and
weapons. A. 地理学 B. 生态学 C. 心理学 D. 考古学
2． This strict officer is a martinet, a person who demands total obedience（服从）to rules, discipline
and orders.
A. 专制的人 B. 软弱的人 C. 强硬的人 D. 要求严格服从纪律和命令的人
3． Though Mr. Smith has been general manager for just 3 months, he has already made much
greater achievements than his predecessors.
A. 上级B. 前任C. 同事D. 下级
4． The football game was getting more and more exciting, however, the old lady was still as dozy
as she usually was.
A. 昏昏欲睡的B. 亢奋的 C. 欣喜若狂的 D. 麻木的
5． All his attempts to unlock the door was futile, because he was using the wrong key.
A. 成功的B. 徒劳的C. 有效的D. 匆促的
6． She did not hear what you said because she was completely engrossed in her reading.
A. 心不在焉的B. 紧张的 C. 全神贯注的 D. 睡意浓的
7． One of symptoms caused by the peculiar illness is a high fever.
A. 症状B. 疾病C. 恐惧D. 威胁
8． In the strong wind, the beggar shivered with the terrible cold.
A. 流泪B. 乞讨C. 呻吟D. 颤抖
9． The hot tropical weather created a feeling of lassitude and encouraged laziness.
A. 兴奋B. 厌恶C. 清醒D. 疲倦
10．To quite a great many people, money is an irresistible temptation（诱惑）.
A. 不可抗拒的 B. 可抗拒的 C. 接受的 D. 不可接受的
三、高考实战 （高考阅读试题）
JINTAN, JIANGSU: The 20 students - 18 boys and 2 girls -had a thousand reasons to be proud of themselves. They had just climbed their way to the top rung（阶梯）out of 4 million students taking part in the Fifth National Hua Luogeng Gold Cup Mathematics Contest（竞赛）on Tuesday evening.
The 20 gold medal winners are all primary and middle school students under the age of 14.
‘Many of the problems are of college level and these pupils can figure them out. It is just unbelievable!’said a teacher from Guangdong province.
Named after China's most famous mathematician, Hua Luogeng, the contest started in 1986, one year after his death. In less than 10 years, it has been recognised by the State Education Commission（国家教委） as the country's biggest and best contest of its kind.
51. This news story is mainly about .
A. when the contest started
B. how the contest got its name
C. the 20 pupils who have won gold medals in the contest
D. the 5th National Hua Luogeng Gold Cup Mathematics Contest
52. This news story most probably appeared in a newspaper in .
A. 1986 B. 1987
C. 1995 D.
53. It can be inferred from the text that the teacher from Guangdong province .
A. felt proud of the gold medal winners
B. wondered if the students were honest
C. thought that the problems were too difficult for the students
D. believed that the twenty winners could go to study at university
54. The underlined phrase ‘figure out’ in the text means .
A. work out B. add up
C. guess D. study
In the 1930s, a lot of people in the USA were out of work. Among these people was a man named
Alfred Butts. He always had an interest in word games and so, to fill his time, he planned a game which he called ‘Lexico’. However, he was not completely satisfied with the game, so he made a number of changes to it and, in time, changed its name from ‘Lexico’to ‘Alph’ and then to ‘Criss Cross’. He wanted to make some money from his new game but he didn't have any real commercial（商业性的）success.
In 1939, Butts happened to meet a man called Jim Brunot who showed an interest in the new game.
The two men worked together on developing the game and in 1948 it was offered for sale in the United States under its new name - ‘Scrabble’.
At first, it didn't sell very well. In the first year it sold just 2,250 sets and by 1951 it had only
reached 8,500 sets a year.
Then, in 1952 the manager of Macy's department store in New York, Jack Strauss, happened to
play ‘Scrabble’while he was on holiday. He thought it was a wonderful game and, when he went back to work after his holiday, he insisted that Macy's should stock（储备） the game and make an effort （努力） to call the public's attention to it.
As a result,‘scrabble’became a big success in the United States and it soon spread to Australia and
then to other English-speaking countries.
55. The text is mainly about .
A.‘Lexico’ B. three men
C. a word game D. Alfred Butts
56. Alfred Butts invented the game‘Lexico’ .
A. to make himself famous
B. to make spelling simpler
C. when he was out of work and looking for a job
D. when he was playing word games to pass the time
57. Who made ‘Scrabble’ popular?
A. Alfred Butts.
B. Jack Strauss.
C. Alfred Butts and Jim Brunot.
D. Jack Strauss and Jim Brunot.
58. When did Alfred Butts first put his game on the market?
A. In 1939.
B. In 1948.
C. Before 1939.
D. Between 1939 and 1948.
Allan goes everywhere with Birgitta Anderson, a 54-year-old secretary. He moves around her
office at work and goes shopping with her.‘Most people don't seem to mind Allan,’ says Birgitta, who thinks he is wonderful. ‘He's my fourth child,’ she says. She may think of him and treat him that way, buying his food, paying his health bills and his taxes, but in fact Allan is a dog.
Birgitta and Allan live in Sweden, a country where everyone is expected to lead an orderly life
according to rules laid down by the government, which also provides （提供）a high level of care for its people. This level of care costs money.
People in Sweden pay taxes on everything, so aren't surprised to find that owning a dog means yet
more taxes. Some people are paying as much as 500 Swedish kronor in taxes a year for the right to keep their dog, money that is spent by the government on dog hospitals and sometimes medical treatment for a dog that falls ill. However, most such treatment is expensive, so owners often decide to pay health and even life insurance （保险）for their dog.
In Sweden dog owners must pay for any damage （损坏）their dog does. A Swedish Kennel Club
official explains what this means: if your dog runs out on the road and gets hit by a passing car you, as the owner, have to pay for any damage done to the car, even if your dog has been killed in the accident.
59. Birgitta pays taxes for Allan because .
A. he is her dog B. he is her child
C. he follows her everywhere D. he often falls ill
60. The money paid as dog taxes is used to .
A. keep a high level of care for the people
B. pay for damage done by dogs
C. provide medical care for dogs
D. buy insurance for dog owners
61. If a dog causes a car accident and gets killed, who should pay for the damage done to the car?
A. The owner of the car.
B. The owner of the dog.
C. The insurance company.
D. The government.
62. From the text it can be inferred that in Sweden .
A. dogs are welcome in public places
B. keeping dogs means asking for trouble
C. many car accidents are caused by dogs
D. people care much about dogs
Suppose you work in a big firm and find English very important for your job because you often
deal with foreign businessmen. Now you are looking for a place where you can improve your English, especially your spoken English.
Here are some advertisements about English language training from newspapers. You may find the
information you need.
63. You work from 9:00 am to 4:30 p.m. every day. Which schools will you choose?
A. Global English Centre and Modern Language School.
B. Global English Centre and the International House.
C. Modern Language School and the 21st Century.
D. The 21st Century and the International House.
64. The 21st Century is different from the other three schools in that .
A. its teaching quality is better
B. it is nearest to the city centre
C. its courses are more advanced
D. it requires an entrance examination
65. You will probably prefer to go to the International House because it .
A. offers free sightseeing and social activities
B. has a special course in spoken English
C. costs less than the other schools
D. has native English teachers
66. If you take the evening programme at the International House, you will pay about .
A. 60 yuan B. 240 yuan
C. 720 yuan D. 1,000 yuan
America is growing older. Fifty years ago, only 4 out of every 100 people in the United States were
65 or older. Today, 10 out of every 100 Americans are over 65. The aging of the population will affect （影响） American society in many ways - education, medicine, and business. Quietly, the graying of America has made us a very different society - one in which people have a quite different idea of what kind of behavior （行为）is suitable （合适）at various ages.
A person's age no longer tells you anything about his/her social position, marriage or health.
There's no longer a particular year in which one goes to school or goes to work or gets married or starts a family. The social clock that kept us on time and told us when to go to school, get a job, or stop working isn't as strong as it used to be. It doesn't surprise us to hear of a 29-year-old university president or a 35-year-old grandmother, or a 70-year-old man who has become a father for the first time. Public ideas are changing.
Many people say, ‘I am much younger than my mother - or my father - was at my age.’
No one says ‘Act your age’ anymore. We've stopped looking with surprise at older people who act in youthful ways.
67. It can be learnt from the text that the aging of the population in America .
A. has made people feel younger
B. has changed people's social position
C. has changed people's understanding of age
D. has slowed down the country's social development
68. The underlined word ‘one’ refers to .
A. a society B. America
C. a place D. population
69. ‘Act your age’ means people should ______.
A. be active when they are old
B. do the right thing at the right age
C. show respect for their parents young or old
D. take more physical exercise suitable to their age
70. If a 25-year-old man becomes general manager of a big firm, the writer of the text would most
probably consider it .
A. normal B. wonderful
C. unbelievable D. unreasonable
四、能力测试
Confucius was born five hundred and fifty years before Christ. Unlike Jesus Christ, he did not bring words of God to the people. He was a clever teacher and a philosopher, looking for truth and wisdom. Most of his teaching was about life in this world.
Confucius was very keen to give people good rulers. Someone asked him, ”What does a country need?“ Confucius answered, ”Enough food, a good army, and a good leader.“ The people then asked, ”Which one is the most important?“ Confucius answered, ”An army is not very important. All men must die, so food is not the most important. But if the leader of the country is not good, then everything will be bad.“
1. A philosopher is a person who ______.
A. does not like Jesus Christ
B. teaches people how to live in this world
C. seeks after truth and wisdom
D. is more clever than most of other people
2. According to Confucius, the most important thing in any country was ____.
A. the army B. the ruler
C. life of the people D. food
3. Jesus Christ _____.
A. was born more than half a century earlier than Confucius
B. taught people anything about God
C. did not tell people anything about God
D. was a philosopher sent by God
4. Confucius taught people all these things except _____.
A. how to live in the world
B. the importance of the leader of the country
C. any ideas about God
D. how to make good judgements
5. For Confucius a man _____.
A. could not escape death
B. would die if he didn't have a good ruler
C. was not important compared with food
D. ought to die if he considered food to be the most important for him
Learners of English, especially self-taught learners may have trouble in understanding speeches by native speakers. The following ways might help improve their listening ability.
First of all, do things step by step. It is not good to listen to something beyond your level. Better choose a suitable course and start with the first book. Go on to the second book only after you are sure you understand the first one.
Secondly, stick to one course of study. Don't change books often. Never let your attention be attracted by another course just because it seems to be more ”fashionable“（时髦）.
Thirdly, listen to the English news program over the radio from time to time. Better go through the news stories in the Chinese-language newspaper first. That will make it easier for you to understand the English news on the radio.
Fourthly, if you have time, listen to some interesting stories in ”Special English from the V.O.A. or other listening materials of the same level as that of your textbook.“
6. This is a piece of advice to learners of English on how to ____.
A. improve their listening ability
B. read fast
C. write better English and read faster
D. speak correctly
7. If you want to understand the English news program on the radio, you should _____.
A. read the Chinese-language newspaper step by step
B. read again and again the Chinese-language newspaper
C. go through the Chinese-language newspaper
D. be able to recite the Chinese-language newspaper
8. ”Beyond your level“ means something _____.
A. easy for you
B. too difficult for you
C. not too easy and not too difficult for you
D. just all right for you
9. The author advised that once you have taken up a course, you ____.
A. should stick to it
B. should begin with the last book
C. should take up other courses if they are more fashionable
D. shouldn't do anything else
10. In this passage, V.O.A. stands for _____.
A. a book
B. a magazine
C. a text-book
D. a radio station
第一课
二、A
三、51、CDBAC，BAABD 61、ADADB，CDDBC
四、CBDACD
第二课
二、DDBAB，CADDA
三、51、DCAAC，DBCAC 61、BDBDB，DCABA
四、CBBCA，ACBAD
篇14：高三复习：高一教材双单元知识点复习unit5-6(人教版高考复习英语教案教学设计)
Unit 5 The silver screen
Teaching aims: Vocabulary revision
Grammar revision
Teaching main-points: Vocabulary and grammar revision in the process of the integration between the teacher and the ss
Teaching Crux: 1) SS’ explanation about the vocabulary and grammar
2) Teacher’s further explanation and supplement
Teaching materials & focuses:
1. While still a student, she played roles in many plays. 当她还是一个学生时，就多次在话剧中扮演角色了。
While still a student 相当于While she was still a student.在英语中有些表示时间、条件、方式或让步等的从句有时可省略一些成分：如果从句的主语和从句的主语一致（或者是从句的主语是it），而且从句谓语中又包含be，那么这个主语和be动词都可以省略。例如：
Don’t talk while (you are) eating.
When (he was) asked how he gained first place, he suddenly became cheerful.
If (they are)operated by computer in the future, many of the trains will have no drivers.
Although (it was)sold by a German company for the first time in 1899, aspirin has been around much longer than that.
They looked around the room as if (they were) looking for something.
The boys will go out to play football whenever (it is) possible.
2. marry 用法
marry在大多数情况下是及物动词，（常用搭配：get/be married to sb , marry sb）
When did she get married? 她是什么时候结婚的？
在有副词修饰时，marry可作不及物动词用。
She married very early. 她结婚很早。
“和某人结婚”不能说“marry with sb.”, 应该说“marry to sb.”也可以不与介词搭配，将marry用作及物动词。
She married a doctor. or: She was married to a doctor. 她和一个医生结了婚。
3. degree n. 度，级； 程度； 学位
The summer months has an average temperature of more than 30 degrees centigrade.
夏天平均温度超过30度。
He has a high degree of ability.他能力很高。
He took his degree in physics at the university last year.他去年在大学里获得了物理学位。
to a ……degree, to a degree that 到……程度, 在……程度上
I agree with you to some degree.在一定程度上我同意你。
4. speed n. 速度 with great speed以很快速度 /at top (full, low, safe, high, ordinary) speed以顶尖速度/ 以全速/ 以低速/ 以安全的速度/ 以高速/ 以一般的速度
at a speed of 100 kilometers an hour以每小时100公里的速度
如以某个东西的速度为参照, 则为: at the speed of, 用定冠词。如：
at the speed of sound以光的速度
2）v.快速地前进 过去式sped (常用搭配：speed up 加速)
He sped down the street. 他沿街快速前进。 The time sped quickly by.时间飞快地过去。
Teaching aims: Vocabulary revision
Grammar revision
Teaching main-points: Vocabulary and grammar revision in the process of the integration between the teacher and the ss
Teaching Crux: 1) SS’ explanation about the vocabulary and grammar
2) Teacher’s further explanation and supplement
Teaching materials & focuses:
5. keep构成的一些短语
keep(sb.)away(from sth.)(使)离开(某物) , keep sb.from doing sth.阻止某人做某事
keep sth.in mind记住某事, keep sb./sth. out(of sth.)不让……入内
keep back忍住(眼泪)，扣下，隐瞒, keep in touch with 与……保持联系
keep(on)doing sth.继续做某事, keep off远离，避开
keep up 保持(不低落)， 振作， （保持同一水平如：We are having difficulty keeping up our mortgage payments. 我们难以继续偿还按揭贷款。）
keep up with 跟上，不落在后面
6. afford的用法 及物动词，其主要用法如下：
(1)“担负得起(……的费用、时间)”，常与can, could, be able to连用，表示“有足够的(时间、金钱等)条件(做某事)”。
afford +n./pron, . afford to do sth.
Now many people can’t afford the medical treatment in the country. 现在在农村许多人看不起病。
I can’t afford the time for it. 这时间我花不起。
We can’t afford to buy this new house. 我们买不起这新房子。
7. 关系副词when/where不能替代“介词+which”的场合归纳。
在定语从句中，when/where往往可以代替某些“介词+which”。
Tell me the time when/at which the train leaves. 告诉我火车发车的时间。
但在下列情况下，when/where不能代替“介词+which”。
(1)当since, until, after, before+which时，不能被when代替。
I met Jack in 1980, since which I have never seen him. 我是在1980年见过杰克的，自从那时以来再也没见他。
He came back at ten, until which we worked. 他十点钟回来的，直到那时我们还在劳动。
He went to school at 8, before which he read English. 他八点钟上学，这之前他读了英语。
(2)当on, behind, in front of, through, from, beside, around +which时，不能被where代替。
I saw a desk on which was a book. 我看见一张桌子上有本书。
The house, in front of which there is a tree, is my home. 那所房子是我的家，其前有棵树。
This is the window through which the thief came in. 这就是贼从那进来的那个窗户。
8. by sea, by the sea, in the sea, on the sea
by sea “走海路，乘船”，用来表示交通方式，同by ship同义。
These heavy boxes should be sent by sea. 这些重箱子应由海路运送。
by the sea “在海边”，相当于on the coast。
There are many travelers by the sea. 海边有很多游客。
in the sea “在海里，在海水中”
There are many plants and animals in the sea. 海洋中有很多动植物。
(4)on the sea “在海上”，也有“在海边”的意思。
It was reported that many boats sailing on the sea had been lost. 据报道，在海上航行的很多船只失踪了。
9. take off 1)脱下(衣服等), 解(除)掉 2）（飞机）起飞 取消，停演， 迅速流行，突然大受欢迎
the new magazine has really taken off. 这份新杂志真是大受欢迎。
He took off his wet shoes.他脱下了湿鞋子。
The show was taken off because of poor audience. 该剧因为不卖座停演了。
The plane took off on time. It was a smooth take-off.飞机准时起飞。起飞非常顺利。
10. be afraid, be afraid to do sth., be afraid of(doing)sth.
(1)be afraid意为“担心，害怕”，多用于口语，常用来表示一种歉意，或遗憾，后可接so或that，也可接that从句。I’m afraid(that) 其语意相当于I’m sorry, but…。
-Are we on time? 我们准时吗？ -I’m afraid not. 恐怕不准时。
-Are we late? 我们迟到了吗？-I’m afraid so. 恐怕迟到了。
(2)be afraid to do常表示“由于胆小而不敢做某事”。
She is afraid to be here alone. 她不敢单独呆在这里。
He is afraid to jump into the river from the bridge. 他不敢从桥上跳进河里。
(3)be afraid of(doing)sth.常表示“担心或害怕某事(发生)”。
He was afraid to walk across the one-logged bridge because he was afraid of falling into the river. 他不敢过那个独木桥，因为他担心会掉进河水里。
I was afraid of hurting her feelings. 我担心伤害她的感情。
We are not afraid of difficulties. 我们不怕困难。
4) 给人不愉快的信息或不赞同某人意见时，用I’m afraid …
I’m afraid I’ve got bad news for you.
I’m afraid I can’t agree with you.
11. go wrong v. 走错路, 误入岐途, (机器等)发生故障
His friends helped him go wrong. 他的朋友把他带坏了。
Please correct my spelling If I go wrong. 如果我写错了，请纠正我的拼写。
Teaching aims: Vocabulary revision
Grammar revision
Teaching main-points: Vocabulary and grammar revision in the process of the integration between the teacher and the ss
Teaching Crux: 1) SS’ explanation about the vocabulary and grammar
2) Teacher’s further explanation and supplement
Teaching materials & focuses:
12. high与highly
(1)high既可用作形容词，也可用作副词，表示具体的“高的”“高地”之意。
The wall is two metres high. 这堵墙有两米高。
They were climbing a high mountain. 他们在爬一座高山。
Can you jump that high? 你能跳那么高吗？
The kite was flying high in the sky. 风筝在天空中高高地飞翔着。
(2)highly是副词，表示抽象的意思，“高地，高度地”。
He is a highly skilled worker. 他是一个高度熟练的技术工人。
The headmaster thought highly of our work. 校长高度评价了我们的工作。
13. owe vt. 1）欠(钱、物、债等)，后面通常接直接宾语和间接宾语，即owe sb sth 或owe sth to sb.
例如: I owe $20 to the tailor. 我欠裁缝二十美圆。
I owed John 60 dollars when I was in Paris.我在巴黎时，欠约翰60美圆。
2）应该……归功于……应当给予……
I owe it to you that I’m still alive. 我现在还活着，应该感谢你。
If I have improved in any way, I owe it all to my teacher.如果说我有一些进步，这应该全部归功于我的老师。
I owe you many thanks.我非常感谢你。
We should do the duty which we owe to our country.我们应当对国家尽我们应尽的义务。
同义词：because of, thanks to, due to
14. After that it still took seven years before they finally got married. 从那以后过了七年他们才结婚。
before……（以后）才。例如：
It was a long time before I got to sleep last night.昨天夜里过了好久我才睡着。
It will be four years before we meet again.四年以后我们才能再见面。
注意before的特殊用法：
1）不等．．．．．．就，
He went out before I had (had) a chance to tell him the good news.
我还没来得及告诉他这个消息他就已经出去了。
2）（不多久．．．．．．）就
We hadn’t waited long before the bus came.我们没等多久，公共汽车就来了。
It won’t be long before you get well again.不久你就可以恢复健康了。
3）宁愿．．．．．．，也不．．．．．．
He will die of hunger before he will steal 他宁愿饿死，也决不行窍。
15. look up 查询（如宾语为代词，则代词放中间）
Look up the word in the dictionary.在字典里查单词。
相关词组：look for 寻找；look after照顾，照料； look forward to期待；look into调查； look on旁观；look out注意；look out for注意，留心，提防；look over翻阅，查看，检查；look around环视；look through翻阅，查看。
16. stay away 不上班，不上学
17. run away from 从。。。逃走
18. determine to do , be determined to do 名词：determination
Teaching aims: Vocabulary revision
Grammar revision
Teaching main-points: Vocabulary and grammar revision in the process of the integration between the teacher and the ss
Teaching Crux: 1) SS’ explanation about the vocabulary and grammar
2) Teacher’s further explanation and supplement
Teaching materials & focuses:
Unit 6. good manners
1. manner
(1)用作可数名词，意思是“方法”，“方式”，通常用单数形式。
I love duck cooked in Chinese manner. 我喜欢吃中国烧法的鸭子。
(2)用作可数名词，意思是“举止”，“态度”，常用单数形式。
I don't like his manner. It's too rude. 我不喜欢他的举止，太粗鲁了。
(3)用作复数形式，意思是“礼貌”，“规矩”。
It is bad manners to speak loudly in public. 在公共场合高声讲话是没礼貌的。
Teaching aims: Vocabulary revision
Grammar revision
Teaching main-points: Vocabulary and grammar revision in the process of the integration between the teacher and the ss
Teaching Crux: 1) SS’ explanation about the vocabulary and grammar
2) Teacher’s further explanation and supplement
Teaching materials & focuses:
2. none，no one，nothing
①none用于指人和物，可与of短语连用，用作单数和复数。
--“How many elephants did you see in the park?”
--“None．” -你在公园里看到几头大象? -一头也没看到。
②no one只能指人，不能与of连用，用作单数。
No one knows what they fought for． 没有人知道他们为什么发生战争。
③nothing用于指物，不与of连用，通常泛指“没有什么事情或东西”，用作单数。
Nothing can change the world． 什么也不能改变世界。
3. Custom, culture, habit，hobby 区别
[辨析]custom，habit，hobby
这三个词都有“习惯”的意思，但含义有一定的不同。
①custom通常指大范围、长时间形成的风俗和习惯。也可指生活习惯，后接不定式.
②habit habit指个人生活习惯、个人的习惯有好有坏，后接of doing，不可接不定式。“(有)养成……习惯”常用be in/fall into/get into/form/have the habit of doing sth.句型；“戒掉……习惯”常用give up/kick/break away from/get out of the habit of doing sth.句型.
③hobby通常指“爱好”。
The Spring Festival is a custom in East Asia． 春节是东亚的一个风俗。
He formed a habit of getting up early． 他养成早起的习惯。
Reading is his hobby． 看书是他的爱好。
Culture 文化，文明（国家或群体的风俗，信仰，艺术，生活方式及社会组织）
4. impression
(1)通常用作可数名词，意思是“印象，感想”，
e．g．He made a strong impression on (upon)us．他给我们留下了深刻的印象。
(2)impression的动词是impress，意思是“留下印象”。常用短语impress sth. on (upon)sb．“某事给某人留下印象”。
e．g．What he did was greatly impressed on(upon)us．他所做的一切给我们留下深深的印象。
The girl impressed her sense of humour on(upon)her friends．这个女孩的幽默感给她的朋友留下深刻的印象。
5. at table意思是“就餐，吃饭”。at the(a)table表示“在桌子旁”。
You shouldn't speak loudly at table. 吃饭时你不该高声讲话。
He sat at the table，reading a novel． 他坐在桌子旁，看小说。
6. advice n. 忠告，劝告，建议
ask for one’s advice 征求某人的建议 give/offer sb. advice 给某人建议
take/follow one’s advice 接受某人的建议 some advice on/about… 有关……的建议（忠告）
advise v.劝告，建议（advise doing, advise sb to do ）
I advise that he should go at once.
我建议他马上去。 注：advise接从句时，从句中的谓语动词用虚拟语气，形式为“should+动词原形”，should可以省略。
7. When drinking to someone's health，you raise your glasses，but the glasses should not touch． 在为某人健康干杯时，你举起杯子，但杯子不能碰撞。
(1)drink在此句中意思是“干杯”，通常与介词to连用。
Let's drink to the health of my teacher. 让我们为我的老师健康干杯。
(2)drink还有“饮，喝”，“举杯祝贺”的意思。
e．g．Let's drink beer together． 让我们一起喝啤酒。
They drank success to the professor． 他们举杯祝贺那位教授成功。
Teaching aims: Vocabulary revision
Grammar revision
Teaching main-points: Vocabulary and grammar revision in the process of the integration between the teacher and the ss
Teaching Crux: 1) SS’ explanation about the vocabulary and grammar
2) Teacher’s further explanation and supplement
Teaching materials & focuses:
8. raise，rise，lift
①raise用作及物动词，意思是“举起，抬起，抬高”，说明主语发出的动作是要作用于其它事物的。
②rise用作不及物动词，意思是“升起，上升，起立”，说明主语自身移向较高的位置。
③lift用力“举起”的含义。
Price has been raised up． 价格被提高了。
Price rises gradually． 价格渐渐地涨上去了。
The young lifted the stone at last． 那个年轻人终于举起那块石头。
9. follow用法归纳
(1)表示“跟随，马上就来”。
I’m sending the letter today，the packet will follow later. 今天我先把信寄出，随后寄出包裹。
(2)表示“遵循，依照……行事”。
The villagers still follow the customs that are passed down from their ancestors.
村民们还沿袭着祖先留下的风俗。
(3)表示“听懂，理解”。
As a beginner，she cannot follow the English Home Service quite well on the radio.
作为初学者，她无法完全听懂广播《英语家庭服务》。
(4)表示“如下”。
He received a note which ran as follows:“ The meeting will be delayed until next Monday.”
他收到一张便条，上面写着如下内容：“会议推迟到下星期一。”
10. sometimes，sometime，some time
①sometimes副词，表示“有时候，不时”。
Sometimes he is late for class． 他有时上课迟到。
②sometime副词，表示“曾经，某时，有朝一日”，常同过去时或将来时连用，表示过去或未来某一不肯定的时间。
It happened sometime 1ast year． 那是去年某一天发生的。
Will you come and see me sometime? 你哪一天来看看我好吗?
③some time名词词组，表示“一段时间”。
e．g．It will take me some time to read the novel． 读这本小说花了我一些时间。
There is some time left. 还剩一些时间。
11. leave out 省去，遗漏，不考虑
e．g．You can leave out their plan. 你们能够不考虑他们的计划。
You shouldn't leave out this important detail in the trial．在审判中，你不该漏掉这个重要细节。
12. at this moment 在这时候； for a moment 片刻，一会儿；（at） any moment 任何时刻；马上；at the last moment 在紧要关头，在最后关头；at the moment 此刻；正当那时；暂时
for the moment 目前，暂时；in a moment 马上，立刻
the moment (that)一……就……
The moment he saw me，he turned pale. 他一看见我就脸色苍白。
Teaching aims: Vocabulary revision
Grammar revision
Teaching main-points: Vocabulary and grammar revision in the process of the integration between the teacher and the ss
Teaching Crux: 1) SS’ explanation about the vocabulary and grammar
2) Teacher’s further explanation and supplement
Teaching materials & focuses:
练习（unit 5）
19. 单句改错
1.The baby after whom she is looking is my little nephew.
简析：after应置于looking之后，短语动词look after不能拆开。
2.I saw all the apples which were on the table fall off into the floor.
简析：应将which改为that。当先行词被all, any, few, little, no等词修饰时，关系代词应选用that, 不能用which。
3.The speaker raised his voice but still couldn’t make himself hearing.
简析：应将hearing改为heard。make oneself heard意为“让别人听到自己的声音”。“make oneself+过去分词”结构中，过去分词作宾语补足语，宾语oneself与宾补之间是被动关系。
4.This is the only bus which there is to the village.
简析：将“which”改为“that”。在这个句子中，that there is to the village是定语从句，是there be句型，修饰其先行词bus。而且先行词bus被the only修饰。bus在定语从句中作主语，to the village也作bus的定语。整个句子意为“这是惟一通往那个村庄的一辆汽车”。
20. 高考真题
1.(NMET )Cleaning women in big cities usually get ___________ by the hour.
A. pay B. paying C. paid D. to pay
简析：选C。“按小时付报酬”与主语是被动关系，应选过去分词paid。类似的表达常见的还有：get burnt, get wounded, get married等。
2. (NMET 1998)European football is played in 80 countries, ___________it the most popular sport in the world.
A. making B. makes C. made D. to make
简析：选A。本句意为“八十多个国家都踢欧式足球，这使其成为世界上最流行的运动”。此处应选现在分词作状语。此题可用排除法来考虑；不表目的，不用不定式，排除D；不是完整的句子，不用谓语动词，排除B。其后跟有宾语和宾语补足语，不可能是被动的，排除C。特别要注意make后接复合宾语这种句型。
3. ( 上海)He’s got himself into a dangerous situation ___________he is likely to lose control over the plane.
A. where B. which C. while D. why
简析：选A。此题考查定语从句中关系副词的用法。定语从句的先行词为situation，引导从句的词在定语从句中作状语，因此这个复合句中的定语从句应由关系副词where引导。
4. (NMET 2001春招)Would you slow down a bit, please? I can’t ___________you.
A. keep up with B. put up with C. make up to D. hold on to
简析：选A。此项中的短语keep up with含义为“跟上，赶上”，从上文的提示“让对方慢下来一点”，体会出是“跟不上对方”，故选A。
5. (NMET 2001)The film brought the hours back to me ___________I was taken good care of in that far-away village.
A. until B. that C. when D. where
简析：选C。通过分析句子结构，可以看出这是一个包含定语从句的复合句。先行词是the hours，引导词在定语从句中作状语，因此要用when来引导此定语从句。有时命题者会在先行词与引导词之间加入附加成分，影响考生正常的解题思路，需特别注意。
Unit 6 能力训练
1. 单句改错
1.It’s time for us to clean the desks. But we can’t find any clothes.
简析：把clothes改为cloths。cloth作不可数名词时，是“布匹”的意思，它作可数名词时表示有特殊用途的布，其复数形式为cloths,而clothes是“衣服”的意思，不符合本句意思，故改为cloths表示“擦桌布”。
2.He prefer swimming to play football in summer.
简析：将play改为playing。prefer A to B 等于like A better than B，即喜欢A胜过喜欢B，prefer+名词/动名词+to+名词/动名词，to 为介词，故不能接动词原形。
3.The girl students in our school are not allowed wearing high-heel shoes.
简析：把wearing改为to wear。allow可接带不定式的复合结构，“allow sb.to do sth.”表示“允许某人做某事”，其被动式应为“sb.be allowed to do sth.”。另外，allow可跟动名词作宾语，构成allow doing sth.表示“允许做某事”，此结构不可用于表达该句意义。
4.My house is quite close from the station.
简析：把from改为to。表示“接近于……”，应该是“be close to”，而不用“be close from”。
5.I apologize you that I had been so rude to you.
简析：此句应为I apologize(to you) for being so rude to you.
表示“为某事向某人道歉”用apologize to sb.for sth./doing sth.,不能用that引导从句。
2. 高考真题
1.(2000上海，42)-You’ve given us a wonderful Chinese dinner, Mrs.Wang.
-___________.
A. Oh,I’m afraid I didn’t cook very well B. I’m glad you enjoyed it
C. Come again when you are free D. It’s not necessary for you to say so
简析：选B。此题要注意两种文化背景的不同而带来的行为习惯的差异。
2. (2000上海)-I don’t have any change with me. Will you pay the fare for me?
-___________.
A. That’s fine B. Nothing serious C. Never mind D. No problem
简析：选D。D是回答别人的请求的用语，相当于“没问题”。
3. (NMET 2000春)It was an exciting moment for these football fans this year,___________for the first time in years their team won the World Cup.
A. that B. while C. when D. which
简析：选C。此处是非限制性定语从句，排除while(不引导定语从句)和that(不引导非限制性定语从句)。关系词在从句中作时间状语，要用关系副词when，而不用关系代词which。
4. (NMET 2000)Dorothy was always speaking highly of her role in the play, _____,of course, made the others unhappy.
A. who B. which C. this D. what
简析：选B。“of course”是插入语，略去不管则可看出，此处是个非限制性定语从句，需添一个关系词，排除this 和what。又因先行词是事情“always speaking highly of her role in the play”,因此用which,而不用who。
5. (NMET 2001春)John said he’d been working in the office for an hour,___________was true.
A. he B. this C. which D. who
简析：选C。此处是非限制性定语从句，需用关系代词，排除A. he和B. this。先行词不是“人”(不是说“约翰是真的”)，排除C. who。先行词是事物(是说“he’d been working in the office for an hour”是真实情况)，关系代词用which。
6. (NMET 2001春)-Why haven’t you bought any butter?
-I___________to but I forgot about it.
A. liked B. wished C. meant D. expected
简析：选C。“mean to (buy some butter)”表示“本意是(要买些黄油)”，用了过去式表示“原打算”，此处将不定式省略，只留了不定式符号“to”。“like to do sth. ”是“喜欢干某事”；“wish to do sth. ”是“希望做某事”；“expect to do sth. ”是“预计干某事”都与上下文题义不合。
篇15：高三复习：高一教材双单元知识点复习unit7-8(人教版高考复习英语教案教学设计)
Unit 7 cultural relics
Teaching aims: Vocabulary revision
Grammar revision
Teaching main-points: Vocabulary and grammar revision in the process of the integration between the teacher and the ss
Teaching Crux: 1) SS’ explanation about the vocabulary and grammar
2) Teacher’s further explanation and supplement
Teaching materials & focuses:
1． Where there is a river, there is a city. 有河流的地方就有城市。
=there is a city at the place where there is a rive.
Where 在这里引导的是地点状语从句，相当于介词in/at/to+ the place +where 从句（定语从句），意思是“在……地方”。例如：
Crops grow well where there is a plenty of sunshine. 阳光充足的地方庄稼就长得好。
Where there is oppression ,there is fighting. 哪里有压迫，哪里就有反抗。
Where there is a sound, there must be sound waves. 有声音的地方，一定有声波。
Where there is smoke, there is fire. 有烟的地方就有火。
Where bees are, there is honey. 有蜜蜂的地方就有蜂蜜。
Where there is a will, there is a way. 有志者事竟成。
2. under prep. being in a state of (sth.) 在（某事物）的状况中
under control under study under repair
under examination under construction under discussion
引申：repair用作复数形式，意思是“修理工作，修理工程”。（The shop is closed during the repairs．商店内部整修，暂停营业。）
3. give in 屈服，投降, 提交，呈交 give up 放弃
He has given in to my view. 他已经屈服于我的观点了。
Give in your examination papers when you have finished. 答完卷子后就交卷吧。
You shouldn’t give up hope. 你不该放弃希望。
He gave up his position as a manager. 他放弃了经理的职位。
I give up. Tell me the answer. 我放弃，告诉我答案。
有关give一词还有如下短语：
give away 赠送，颁发，泄露 give back 归还，同return
give off 发出（烟、光、热等） give out 筋疲力尽；耗尽，分发，散发；
4. seem后接形容词，名词，不定式，分词或介词短语等作表语
He seems quite pleased with your work.
He seemed to have a high opinion of you.
He seems a foolish boy.
It seems raining.
Everybody seems in high spirits.
注意：（1）seem后接to be 时，注意to be 的省略。
e.g. Tom came to see you this morning. He seemed (to be ) tired.
Yesterday I met a man who seemed to be the boss.(此时的to be 不能省略。因为名词前没有修饰语)
（2）seem 的否定形式。有两种：
e.g. She doesn’t seem to be at home. She seems not to be at home.
(3) There be 句型中
There seems (to be) something wrong with your computer.
(4) It seems 后接that 或as if从句，引导词that 或as if有时可省。
e.g. It seems (as if) there will be an election soon.
It seems to me that he is right.
(5) seem like = look like 看起来好象
They seemed like many little flags.
(6) seem to be doing sth.好像在做某事
They seem to be working in the field.他们好像在地里干活。
(7)seem to have done/been…好像已经……
e.g. The girl seems to have learnt about that sad news.那女孩似乎已经知道那使人悲伤的消息。
Teaching aims: Vocabulary revision
Grammar revision
Teaching main-points: Vocabulary and grammar revision in the process of the integration between the teacher and the ss
Teaching Crux: 1) SS’ explanation about the vocabulary and grammar
2) Teacher’s further explanation and supplement
Teaching materials & focuses:
5. in ruins 成为废墟，严重受损
An earthquake left the whole town in ruins.那次地震过后，全城到处是残垣断壁。
His career is/lies in ruins. 他已前途尽毁。
ruin 用作动词，意思是“毁坏，使毁灭”，常用作及物动词。
The earthquake in 1976 ruined the whole city of Tangshan．一九七六年地震毁坏了整个唐山。
(2)用作不可数名词，意思是“毁灭，崩溃”。
e．g．The accident brought him to ruin all his life. 这个事故毁灭了他一生。
(3)用作复数形式，意思是“废墟，遗迹”。
The visitors were struck by the ruins of Rome．参观者被古罗马的遗迹迷住了。
6. bring．．．back to life“使……恢复生机”。
The trees and flowers bring the city back to life．树木和鲜花使这座城市恢复了生机。
bring back 意思是“带回来、拿回来、使恢复；使回忆起”，通常用作及物动词。
Remember to bring back the book next time．记住下次把书带回来。
This medicine can bring him back to health. 这药能让他恢复健康。
引申：bring 其他搭配
Bring down 打垮，击败，使降低 bring in 挣，引进， bring on 使发展，导致（常指坏事），促使提高，促使生长 bring out 使显出，阐明，生产，出版 bring up 抚养，养育（be brought up to do We were brought up to respect authority. ）
7．include
(1) include 作及物动词，意思为“包含，包括”
That book includes 3 color pages.
(2) including 作介词，后接名词、代词做宾语。
There were six people in the room, including 3 children.
(3) included 过去分词充当的形容词，前面加名词和代词。
e.g. Ten of us went swimming this afternoon, our teacher included.
Six people, ______ three women, died in the battle.
Six people, three women ______, died in the battle.
The plan _______ most of your suggestions.
8. Strong，proud and united，the people of St Petersburg are the modern heroes of Russia．
强壮、自豪而团结的圣彼得堡人民是俄国现代英雄。句中 strong，proud and united是形容词，在句中作状语，表示伴随情况。
在英语中，形容词或形容词短语，在句中可用作状语。可以放在句末，也可放在句首。
Full of anger again，Crusoe returned home． 克鲁索又满心怒气地回家了。(伴随状语)Thirsty and eager to get a rest，he went into the tea-house and sat down at a little table by the window． 由于有些口渴，又想休息一下，他就走进茶馆，在靠窗子的一张小桌旁坐下。(原因状语)
Teaching aims: Vocabulary revision
Grammar revision
Teaching main-points: Vocabulary and grammar revision in the process of the integration between the teacher and the ss
Teaching Crux: 1) SS’ explanation about the vocabulary and grammar
2) Teacher’s further explanation and supplement
Teaching materials & focuses:
9. represent 代表 representative 可数名词，意思为“代表”
represent sth. 代表 represent sth. (to sb.) 向……说明，阐述，表达
represent oneself as / to be自称是，声言
He represents himself as an expert in English. 他自称是英语专家。
He represented China in the conference． 他代表中国参加这个会议。
The dove represents peace． 鸽子象征和平。
The picture represents the battle of Waterloo．这幅画描绘的是滑铁卢战役。
10. Portrait 肖像，画像，通常用作可数名词。
This is a portrait of me． 这是我的肖像。
辨析：portrait，picture，painting，drawing
①portrait“肖像”，“画像”，尤其指面部的相片，也可指生动的人物描写或刻画。
②picture 指广义的“图画，照片”。
③painting 指着色的“画”。
④drawing 指“钢笔或铅笔线条画，素描”。
10. hope 意思是“希望”，后面不能直接跟名词作宾语，但可跟 for+名词，表示可实现的“希望”，后面也可跟 that 引导的从句。
e．g．I hope for success． 我希望成功。
I hope that you will be better soon． 我希望你能很快好起来。
11. Breath 用作名词，意思是“呼吸，气息”。
He ran upstairs out of breath． 他上气不接下气跑上楼来了。
When he saw the 1ion，he held his breath. 当他看到狮子时，他不出声。
(2)由 breath 构成的常见短语。
catch one's breath 屏息，喘息 hold one's breath 不出声，屏息 short of breath 呼吸短促 lose one's breath 喘不过气来 out of breath 上气不接下气
12. It is said that…. Sb./ sth. is said to be /do
“据说……听说……”， it 为形式主语，代替后面的that 从句和不定式短语。
e.g. It is said that the strange old man is a great artist.
= The strange old man is said to be a great artist.
13. build, set up, found 和put up
(1)build “建造，建立，建设”其后可接具体的或抽象的名词。
e.g. They wanted to build a state of their own.
(2)set up “开办，建立”常和表示组织、机构、团体等意义的名词连用，这时和build的 用法基本相同。但build更注重打基础，set up 表示用基金创立。set up a school/ government
(3) found“兴建，建立，创办”后面可接城市、国家、党派等。还可表示捐资兴办学校/政府。 e.g. found a new school
(4) put up着重指建造或搭建起一个具体的物体. e.g. put up a building
14.space表示“太空、空间”，多用作不可数名词
in space 在太空，在空间（不要带任何冠词） outer space 外层空间
There are millions of stars in space moving continuously.
太空中有数以百万计的星星在不停的运动。
He was staring into space.他极目远眺。
Teaching aims: Vocabulary revision
Grammar revision
Teaching main-points: Vocabulary and grammar revision in the process of the integration between the teacher and the ss
Teaching Crux: 1) SS’ explanation about the vocabulary and grammar
2) Teacher’s further explanation and supplement
Teaching materials & focuses:
15. 能力训练
(一)单句改错
1.Wang Hong is impossible to attend the meeting.
简析：本句应改为It is impossible for Wang Hong to attend the meeting。因为impossible不能修饰人，也不用它来作某人的表语，它只能用来修饰物。
2.I won’t come without inviting to the meeting.
简析：本句应改为I won’t come without being invited to the meeting.“invite”为及物动词，有“invite sb. to +n.”与“invite sb. to do sth.”。此处的“invite”的逻辑宾语是句子的主语“I”，因此，此处的“without”之后该用“being invited to do”。
3.He seemed that he had seen the film several times.
简析：本句应改为It seemed that he had seen the film several times.“seem”表示“似乎”“好像”时，常见句型有：
(1)It seems/seemed that…
(2)Sb. seems/seemed (to be)+adj./n.
(3)Sb. seems/seemed to do sth.
(4)It seems/seemed as if…
4.Almost all the buildings were in ruin.
简析：本句中的“ruin”应改为“ruins”。因为“(be) in ruins”为一固定短语，意为“成为废墟”。
5.It was foolish for him to waste his money on such a computer.
简析：应把for改为of。因为这里是“对人的评价”，而不是“对事的评价”。“对人的评价”应用句型“It is+adj.+of sb. to do sth.”“对事的评价”则是“It is+adj.+for sb. to do sth.”详解见知识归纳1。
6.Having got a driving license,he tried to drive on real road.
简析：“tried to drive”应改为“tired driving”。因为“try doing sth.”意为“尝试做某事”，而“try to do sth.”则是“尽力去做某事”。
二。 高考真题
1.(上海高考)The ___________ boy was last seen ___________ near the East Lake.
A. missing; playing B. missing; play C. missed; played D. missed; to play
简析：选A。该题译为“那个丢失的小男孩最后一次被看见时正在东湖边玩耍。”“missing”表示“丢失的”，see sb .do sth.表示“看见某人做了某事”，see sb. doing sth.表示“看见某人正在做某事”。据题意，只能选A。选项B、C、D动词形式均不对。
2.(NMET )You should make it a rule to leave things ___________ you can find them again.
A. when B. where C. then D. there
简析：选B。本题考查副词when和where的使用，也涉及表示时间的then和表示地点的there。题干中to leave things和find them again是关键提示。由此可确定需选用与地点有关的副词；又从句子结构判断，后面分句应为地点状语从句，修饰动词leave，因而选择B项。
3.(20春季高考)All the preparations for the task ___________,and we’re ready to start.
A. completed B. complete C. had been completed D. have been completed
简析：选D。此处谓语动词应选被动式，表示“准备工作被完成”，排除A和B。又因下文用现在时“are ready”，上文也应着眼在现在，用现在完成时，表示过去动作“完成了准备工作”对现在的影响是“现在已准备出发”。故选D项。
4.(年春季高考)These wild flowers are so special I would do ___________ I can to save them.
A. whatever B. that C. which D. whichever
简析：选A。全句意为“这些野花如此奇特，我要尽我所能来挽救它们。”宾语从句“whatever I can (do)”中的do被省略了，而whatever作这个do的宾语。不选B。因为that引导宾语从句时本身不作成分。而C、D两项不合题意。句尾不定式“to save them”作目的状语。故选A。
5.(NMET 2000)-What about having a drink?
-___________.
A. Good idea B. Help yourself C. Go ahead, please D. Me, too
简析：选A。这是考查交际用语。“喝一杯怎么样？”A项是“好主意”表示赞同。B项“你自己动手(夹菜)吃吧。”是请他人用餐。C项“请继续吧。”是允许他人行事。D项是“我也要一杯吧。”表示自己也如此。故选A项。
Teaching aims: Vocabulary revision
Grammar revision
Teaching main-points: Vocabulary and grammar revision in the process of the integration between the teacher and the ss
Teaching Crux: 1) SS’ explanation about the vocabulary and grammar
2) Teacher’s further explanation and supplement
Teaching materials & focuses:
Unit 8 sports
1. stand for 代表
e.g. (1) P.O. stands for Post Office. 字母P.O.代表Post Office.
(2) P.R.C. stands for the People’s Republic of China. P.R.C.三个字母是中华人民共和国的缩写。
引申： Stand 站立，使直立（如stand the ladder against the wall）位于,矗立（An old oak tree once stood here.）；（用于否定，疑问句）忍受，经受 (I can’t stand his brother. 我受不了他的兄弟。) I can’t stand people interrupting all the time.我无法忍受老有人打岔）
Stand by 袖手旁观，待命， stand out 出色，杰出，显眼，突出
Four points stand out as being more important than the rest . 有四点比其余更重要。
She is the sort of person who stands out in a crowd. 她是那种在人群中很显眼的人。
2. would rather 宁愿
宁愿做某事 would rather do sth. prefer to do sth.
宁愿不做某事 would rather not do sth. prefer not to do sth.
宁愿做某事而不愿做（另外）某事
would rather do sth. than do sth. prefer doing sth. to doing sth.
3. every four years每四年
every 与数词或other，few等连用，表示时间或空间的间隔，其几个主要结构如下：
（1）every+基数词+复数名词
Take the medicine every six hours. 每隔6小时吃一次药。
（2）every+序数词+单数名词
He comes to see his uncle every third week. 他每三个星期来看望他叔叔一次。
（3）every +other+单数名词，“每隔一……”
Write on every other line.请隔行写。
（4）every +few+复数名词，“每隔几……”
Trees should be planted every few metres.
树应间隔几米种一棵。
4. compete v.竞争，比得上；比赛
compete in(a game，a match)参加compete with/against sb.和某人竞争compete for(a prize，a medal，the first place)角逐
词形变化：competition n.竞争；比赛，竞赛
competitor n.竞争者，竞争对手
5. .in modern times
time作“时代”解时，常用复数形式（times)。
in ancient times在古代 in modern times在现代
e.g. (1) Times have changed，and we shouldn’t fall behind them. 时代变了，我们不应落后于时代。
(2) She didn’t understand the spirit of the times. 她不理解那个时代的精神。
time作“时代”时，也可用单数形式。
in Shakespeare’s time(在莎士比亚时代)
6. rank vt, vi 1）分类；分等级 2）整齐排列
This town ranks high among beauty spots. 这城市在风景区中享有盛名。
cups ranked neatly on the shelf 杯子整齐地排列在架子上
n 1）等级 the rank of general 将军衔2）社会地位 3）列；排；行列
people of all ranks 各阶层人民
a taxi rank 一列出租车
Teaching aims: Vocabulary revision
Grammar revision
Teaching main-points: Vocabulary and grammar revision in the process of the integration between the teacher and the ss
Teaching Crux: 1) SS’ explanation about the vocabulary and grammar
2) Teacher’s further explanation and supplement
Teaching materials & focuses:
7. 词语辨析
(一)game, match, contest, competition
(1)game“游戏，比赛，运动”，可指户内、户外、脑力、体力均可，指球赛时多用于美国英语。棋类、桥牌等比赛中多用game。复数可指运动会。
e. g. Let’s play a game of chess. 咱们来下盘棋吧！
Football is a game that does not interest me. 足球是我不感兴趣的一种运动。
Olympic Games/Asian Games奥运会/亚运会
(2)match“比赛、竞赛”，指球赛多用于英国英语。
它一般指预先安排好的正式比赛，摔跤、拳击等比赛中多用match。
e. g. They won the match. 他们赢得了比赛。
They played a football match against another school. 他们与另一所学校进行了一场足球赛。
(3)contest表示各种智力和知识“竞赛”，在这方面可与competition互换。
e. g. Mary won the speech contest. 玛丽在演讲赛中获胜。
She took the second place in the beauty contest. 她在选美赛中得了第二名。
(4)competition指通过个人的体力、智力、技能等竞赛而获取名次的各种比赛，也可指体力，也可指其他技能方面的。
e. g. They were in competition with each other for the prize. 他们为了得奖互相竞赛。
(二)sports, game, exercise
这三个名词都有“运动”的意思，但其含义及用法有所区别。
(1)sport指各种运动或户外消遣。如：篮球、足球、田径赛、游泳、打猎、爬山、赛车等。是各种竞赛或娱乐的总称。指娱乐性或锻炼性的体育活动时，一般作不可数名词，指竞赛性的体育活动或特指某种运动项目时是可数名词。复数时，指运动会或泛指体育运动。
e. g. He was fond of all kinds of sports, especially badminton. 他喜欢各种运动，特别是羽毛球。
Hockey, volleyball, football and tennis are all sports. 曲棍球、排球、足球和网球都是体育项目。
The school sports were put off. 学校运动会延期了。
(1)game“运动、游戏、比赛”，其含义及用法参看1中的有关game讲解。再如：
Children play games-tag, marbles, hide-and-seek and many others. 孩子们玩捉人、弹球、捉迷藏和许多其他的游戏。
We watched the football match/game on TV. 我们在电视上看了足球比赛。
How won the first two games but lost the third. 他胜了前两局，但第三局输了。(指比赛的局时，不能用match)
(3)exercise表示“运动、锻炼”，特别指保持健康的运动。用于指体育运动时是不可数名词，指某种活动锻炼，体操时是可数名词(常用复数)。
e. g. Walking, running, rowing and horse riding are all healthy forms of exercise. 散步、跑步、划船和赛马都是有益健康的运动。
Every morning, we see many old people doing morning exercises. 每天早上我们看见许多老人在做早操。
(三)beat, defeat, win, earn
1)beat, defeat都表示在战斗中或竞赛中“战胜、打败(对手)”，后接竞争对手，可以互换。
e. g. beat the competitor/the country/the team…打败对手/国家/那个队……
I can beat/defeat you at swimming. 我游泳比得过你。
He was defeated/beaten at chess. 他棋下输了。
2)win“战胜、赢得”，其宾语通常是比赛、战争、奖品或表尊重、崇拜之类意义的词。竞争对手不能作其宾语。
By her hard work, she won herself a place on the school team. 在刻苦训练下，她在校队里赢得了地位。
Our team won the game. 我们队获胜了。
His poem won the first prize of ten dollars. 他的诗获得了10美元的一等奖。
(3)earn“赢得，挣得”，表示通过工作等获得钱财和利益或经过努力获得地位和荣誉等。
He earned 100 dollars a day. 他一天挣100美元。
He earned the admiration of the world by his working hard for the world peace. 他为世界和平努力工作，博得了全世界的赞誉。
(四)gold, golden
(1)gold作名词“黄金”，形容词“金质的，黄金的”。
e. g. All that glitters is not gold. 发光的未必都是金子。
In Barcelona the Chinese team got 16 gold medals. 在巴塞罗那，中国队获得了16块金牌。
(2)golden是形容词“金黄色的，黄金般的”。
e. g. The child has blue eyes and golden hair. 那孩子长着碧眼金发。
Good health can make old age the golden years of your life. 健康能使老年成为你生命中的黄金年华。
(五)join, take part in, attend, join in, join sb. in sth.
(1)join“参加”指加入党派、社会、团体等并成为其中一员。
e. g. He joined the Party in 1980. 他是1980年入党的。
Many of them have joined the army. 他们很多人都参军了。
(2)join in表示“参加某种活动”，in可为介词，可为副词。作介词时，此短语可用join代替。
Eight million people joined in the battle against drought. 800万人参加了抗旱斗争。
They danced and danced until a lot of us joined in. 他们不停地跳着舞，直到我们中间有许多人都参加了进去。
(3)join sb. in sth. /doing sth. 表示“参加某人所从事的活动”。
Come and join us in the game. 来和我们一起做游戏吧。
All the family join me in wishing you a happy future. 全家人和我一道祝你将来幸福。
(4)take part in指“参加群众性活动、会议”等多用于正式场合，比join郑重。
We all take an active part in extracurricular activities. 我们都积极参加课外活动。
I took part in the game. 我们参加了比赛。
(5)attend “参加”着重指“到场，出席(会议、典礼、仪式等)”。
She is sure to attend the wedding. 她一定会去参加婚礼。
He decided to attend the meeting himself. 他决定亲自赴会。
Teaching aims: Vocabulary revision
Grammar revision
Teaching main-points: Vocabulary and grammar revision in the process of the integration between the teacher and the ss
Teaching Crux: 1) SS’ explanation about the vocabulary and grammar
2) Teacher’s further explanation and supplement
Teaching materials & focuses:
四、能力训练
(一)单句改错
1. I prefer doing to talk.
简析：talk改为talking。因“prefer+n. /doing to+n. /doing”为固定用法。
2. We often write an English competition every the other week.
简析：去掉the。因every other day(week, month, year…)中，other前不能带the，习惯表达。
3. Sport can keep us healthy.
简析：Sport改为Sports。因表示“娱乐、消遣”时，sport为不可数名词，指“运动项目、运动会，泛指体育运动”时，为可数名词，常用其复数形式。
4. This is the book in which I spent 25 yuan.
简析：in改为on。因spend…on sth. , spend…(in) doing为习惯搭配。
5. Would you like to join us for the game.
简析：for改为in，因join sb. in sth. 为固定搭配。
6. He has won a medal to his great success.
简析：to改为for，因表示“因……而获奖牌”，常用“win a medal for sth. 或receive a medal for sth. ”。
7. The five rings linked together also mean friendship or peace all over the world.
简析：or改为and。从意义上讲，friendship与peace为并列的递进关系，而不是选择关系。
8. The Olympic Games is held every four years.
简析：is改为are。因the Olympic Games作主语，谓语动词应用复数。
9. That was a very excited match.
简析：excited改为exciting。因-ed分词形容词表示内在的、自身的，-ing分词形容词表示外在的，令人/使人怎么样的。比赛应为“令人感到激动”。
五、高考真题
1. (NMET 1998)They ___________ the train until it disappeared in the distance.
A. saw B. watched C. noticed D. observed
简析：本题考查动词辨义，四个词均有“看”的意思，只有watch表示“集中注意力看”，题意为“他们看着火车，一直看到它消失在远处”。故应选B。
2. (上海2000)They’re not very good, but we like ___________.
A. anyway to play basketball with them B. to play basketball with them anyway
C. to play with them basketball anyway D. with them to play basketball anyway
简析：本题考查英语句子语序，to play basketball with them是不定式短语，作宾语，放在like之后，anyway作状语，放在宾语后，故应选B。
3. (上海)An accident happened at ___________ crossroads a few metres away from ___________ bank.
A. a; a B. /; a C. /; the D. the; /
简析：本题考查冠词用法，两空处均泛指，即“离一家银行几米远的一个十字路口”。故应选A。
4. (上海2000)The gentleman ___________ you told me yesterday proved to be a thief.
A. who B. about whom C. whom D. with whom
简析：tell sb. of/about sth. “向某人讲述某事”。本题考查“介词+关系代词”引导定语从句。故选B。
Unit 9 Technology
1. turn …inside out:里面翻到外面。彻底地。一般用作状语
He often wears his sweater inside out 他经常翻穿球衫
The new manager turned the old systems inside out. 经理对旧体制进行了彻底的改革。
2. I should be home in about ten minutes.
should 在本句中用来表示一种可能性，相当于 will probably 一般用于对事实的一种比较有把握的判断（多用在将来时）。
例如： - When will I take my photos? 我什么时候取照片？
- It should be ready at 12 o'clock. 应该 12 点钟会好的。
The plane should be late for at least half an hour in such bad weather. 在这样糟的天气里，飞机应该可能会迟到至少半个小时。
He has worked on the book for seven days, he should have finished it now. 他弄这本书已有 7 天了，到现在为止应该已经完成了。
She should be here any minute. 她该马上就到。
Dinner should be ready by now. 此刻晚饭应该做好了。
in about ten minutes [用法]大约十分钟以后,主要用于将来时间
1. throughout，all over，all through 三者都有“遍及，贯穿”之意，但在用法上有所不同。
(1) (1)throughout作介词，接表示时间或地点的名词，意思是“在整个期间”“从一端至另一端”即“在整个地区”。
(2) The news spread throughout the country. 这个消息传遍了全国。
(3) It rained throughout the night. 雨下了整整一夜。
(4) throughout作副词，意思为“到处、全部、处处、始终、彻头彻尾”。
(5) The room is painted throughout. 这屋子全部油漆一新。
(6) The boy remained silent throughout. 那男孩始终保持沉默。
(7) (2)all over意为“在(遍及)……的各部分”，只接表示地点的名词。
(8) Computers will be used more and more in the future all over the world. 将来全世界要越来越多的使用电脑。
(9) The disease spread all over the country. 疾病在全国蔓延开了。
(10) all over作副词，意思为“到处都是、全部结束”。
(11) He is wet all over. 他浑身湿透了。
(12) The war was all over. 战争彻底结束了。
(13) (3)all through意思为“在整个……期间”，后面接表示时间的名词。
(14) e.g. Some cold-blooded animals hibernate all through the winter.
一些冷血动物整个冬天都冬眠。
2. add v.加；增加；加起来；又说，补充
If the tea is too strong，add some more hot water. 如果茶太浓，再加点开水。
May I add a point? 我可以补充一点意见吗？
(15) add to 增加add…to…加，往……添加……
(16) His illness added to the family’s trouble. 他的病给家里增加了负担。
(17) Will you add more sugar to your coffee? 你的咖啡要多加些糖吗？
(18) Three added to four is seven. 3加4等于7。
(19) add up合计，加起来
(20) These figures don’t add up right. 这些数字加起来不对。
(21) add up to总共有，总计达
His whole school education added up to no more than one year. 他所受的全部学校教育加起来不过一年。
3. remind v.使（人）想起，使记起，提醒
(22) remind sb.of/ about…使(人）想起……
(23) He reminds me of his father. 看到他使我想起他的父亲。
(24) remind sb.to do…使人想做……，提醒某人做……
(25) I reminded him to work hard.我提醒他要用功。
(26) Remind sb.that…使人想起，提醒，警告
(27) She reminded me that I hadn’t watered the flowers. 她提醒我还没有浇花。
(28) 4. in case of…在……情形时，万一……；如果
e.g. (1) In case of fire，call 119. 倘若有火灾，就打119电话。
(29) in case在……的情况下，万一……的话；以防，免得；
(30) in case后接从句时，从句中的谓语动词常用一般现在时态，偶尔也要should+v.
(31) In case anything important happens，please call me up. 万一发生什么重要的事情，请打电话给我。
(32) Take your umbrella，in case it should rain. 带伞去吧，以防下雨。
(33) in case还可作副词用，意为“以防万一，免得”。
(34) You’d better carry some money in case. 你最好带些钱，以防万一。
(35) in any case无论如何，反正，不管怎样
(36) In any case，do your best. 无论如何，要尽力而为。
(37) in no case绝不，在任何情形下都不
(38) In no case should you give up. 你绝不应该放弃。（放在句首时倒装）
in the case of介词短语，意为“就……来说”“至于……”。
(39) In the case of the forest program, we leave it for further discussion.
in all/most/particular cases 在任何/大多数/特殊情况下
in the present/the worst/this/that/possible case 在目前/最坏的/这种/那种/可能的情况下
(40) In the present case, what we should do is just waiting.
5. wh-ever的用法归纳
whatever, whichever, whoever, whomever可以引导名词性从句，也可以引导让步状语从句，引导让步状语从句时，可以换成no matter what/which/who/whom，位置可在主句前，也可在主句后。
Take whatever you want.(宾语从句) 你可以拿你想要的任何东西。
Whoever breaks the law should be punished.(主语从句) 不管谁违反了法律都应受到惩罚。
We will complete the work on time, no matter what happens.(状语从句) =Whatever happens, we will complete the work on time. 不管发生什么事，我们都将按时完成工作。
Whenever he goes abroad, he will buy presents for his sister. =No matter when he goes abroad,… 不论何时出国，他都为她的妹妹买些礼物。
注意：however还有“无论多么”的意思。如：
However cold it was, he wanted to go swimming. 不管天气多么冷，他都想去游泳。
6. take over 接管;接受
When he retired, his eldest son took over the farm. 他退休后,他的长子接管了农场.
Take 其他搭配：
took an interest； take action to do, take time, take your time,
take apart 拆开；take down 拆掉，拆除，写下；
take in 收留， 欺骗，蒙骗， （take sth in）吸收，改小，Take out 带某人出去，切除（身体一部分）；
He was homeless, so we took him in. 他无家可归，所以我们收留了他。
Don’t be taken in by his charm-he’s ruthless. 别被他迷人的风度骗了，其实他冷酷无情。
Fish take in oxygen through their gills. 鱼用鳃吸入氧气。
Take off 起飞，迅速流行，取消，脱掉
Take on 呈现，承担，接纳（乘客）
The chameleon can take on the colors of its background. 变色龙可以变成周围环境的颜色。
We’re not taking on any new clients at present. 我们目前不接受新客户。
Take up 占用时间，地方等；开始从事，继续（他人未完成的事）
The table takes up too much room. 桌子占太多地方。
I won’t take up any more of your time. 我不想再占用你们的时间了。
They’ve taken up golf.他们学起打高尔夫球来了。
He takes up his duties next week. 他下周就要履行职责。
She took up the story where Tim had left off. 她接着讲Tim 未讲完的故事。
7. They have to repair machines when they break down.
. break down 1) 破坏；拆散 2) 失败；破裂 3) 精神崩溃；失去控制 4)（机器）损坏 5) 起化学变化
Chemicals in the body break our food down into useful substances. 人体中的化学元素把食物分解成有用的物质。
The peace talks are said to have broken down. (喻)据说和谈破裂了。
Our truck broke down outside town. 我们的卡车在城外抛锚了。
The car broke down halfway to the destination.汽车在到达目的地的中途抛锚了。
He broke down and wept. 他不禁失声痛哭。
Food is broken down by chemicals. 化学物质引起食物转化
Break 其他搭配：break in 破门而入， 插话， break into 破门而入；break away from 脱离
break off 断开，折断； 中断，停顿；
The back section of the plane had broken off.飞机尾部脱落了。
He broke off in the middle of the sentence. 他一句话说了一半就不说了。
break out 爆发
break through 突破，冲破，战胜
Scientists think they are beginning to break through in the fight against cancer.
Demonstrators broke through the police cordon.示威群众冲破了警方的警戒线。
He had finally managed to break through her reserve.他终于设法消除了她的拘谨。
break up 粉碎，破碎，拆开，打散
The ship broke up on the rocks. 船触礁撞碎了。
Sentences can be broken up into clauses. 句子可以分成从句。
break up (with sb)绝交: She’s just broken up with her boyfriend.
7. come up with 提出;提供;想出;赶上
Scientists will have to come up with new methods of increasing the world s food supply.
科学家们必须为增加世界粮食供应提供新方法.
He walked so fast that I couldn’ t come up with him.
8. succeedvi. 成功 vt.接续;继承
He succeeded in getting the job. 他谋得了那份工作。
The millionaire s eldest son will succeed to his estate.这百万富翁的长子将继承他的产业。
The storm was succeeded by calm. 暴风雨后一片宁静。
9. in the future将来：未来 in future以后；今后＝for the future
Who knows what will happen in the future？谁知道将来会发生什么？
I will study hard in future．我今后要努力学习
6. (一)单句改错
1.Why not to come to our home for the party?
简析：去掉come前的to。Why not do sth.?是表示建议的常用句型，not后跟动词原形，也可用Why don’t you do sth.?
2.Swimming is a great fun.
简析：去掉a。fun是不可数名词，通常不与冠词a或the连用。
3.Computers can be used to doing a lot of things.
简析：将doing改为do。be used to表示被用来做某事，to是不定式符号，其后接动词原形。如果它表示“习惯于做某事”时，to则是介词，后接名词、代词、动名词。
4.She gave me a lot of valuable advices.
简析：advices改为advice。advice当建议、忠告讲时，是不可数名词。
5.The title boy didn’t dare crossing the street by himself.
简析：将crossing改为to cross。dare作行为动词，后接不定式作宾语。
6.Mr Green’s family are going to London on the holiday.
简析：on改为for。因“go to somewhere for the (one’s ) holiday”，表示“去某地度假”，固定搭配。
(二)易错题
1.The motorbike is so nice.I think it costs ___________ ten thousand yuan.
A. in the least B. at most C. no more than D. at least
简析：答案选D。根据题意，应用at least表示“至少值一万元”。
2.___________ we do must be in the interests of the people.
A. However B. No matter how C. Whatever D. No matter what
简析：选C。“No matter…”只能引导让步状语从句而whatever引导名词性从句也可引导让步状语从句。
3.His words remind me ___________ we did during the summer vacation?
A. that B. of that C. of what D. what
简析：选C。remind sb. of sth.意思为“使某人想起某事”。题中缺of的宾语，由what引导的宾语从句作of的宾语。并且what既作宾语从句的引导词，又作动词did的宾语。
4.He practised speaking English with the teacher and his classmates ___________ possible.
A. where B. whatever C. whenever D. whichever
简析：选C。本题意思是“每当可能的时候，他总会与老师及同学们一起练习讲英语”。whenever“无论何时”=no matter when，引导让步状语从句。本句中的“whenever possible”是whenever it is possible的省略形式。
5.Sometimes grass ___________ paper.
A. is used to making B. used to make C. is used to make D. used for making
简析：选C。因be used to do sth. 意为“被用于做某事”，本句还可写为：Sometimes grass is used for making paper。
6. There are _____ five people in my family. They are my grandparents, my parents and I.
A. as many B. more than C. not more than D. no more than
简析：选D。not more than意为“不足、少于”；not more than意为“仅仅，正好”；more than意为“超过，不仅仅”。
五、高考真题
1.(NMET 2000,6)-What about having a drink?
-___________.
A. Good idea B. Help yourself C. Go ahead, please D. Me, too
简析：选A。对别人的提议表示赞成，为Good idea或That’s a good idea。
2.(2000春招)John may phone tonight. I don’t want to go out ___________ he phones.
A. as long as B. in order that C. in case D. so that
简析：选C。题中A为“只要”，B为“为了”，C为“以防”，D为“结果”。根据句意应选C。
3.(NMET 2000)I don’t think I’ll need any money but I’ll bring some ___________.
A. at last B. in case C. once again D. in time
简析：选B。A为“最终”，B为“万一”，C“又一次”，D为“及时”。本题意为“我认为我不会需要钱的，但我还是带些以防万一”。
4. (NMET 2001,春招)A new cinema ___________ here. They hope to finish it next month.
A. will be built B. is built C. has been built D. is being built
简析：选D。从后面的提示看，这项工程还没有完工，故应是正在建设之中，而且是被动语态。
Unit 10 The world around us
1. cut down 砍倒，减少，降低，缩短
The little boy cut down the young tree with an axe.
The doctor told me to cut down on drinking.
Cut 其他搭配：
cut off 砍掉，切掉
引申：cut across/through 取捷径；走近路
cut back 剪枝；修剪 减少；缩小；削减
to cut back on industrial production 缩减工业生产
cut in 插嘴, 超车抢挡；（突然）插入
Don't cut in while I'm talking. 我说话时别插嘴。
to cut in on a queue 加塞儿
cut off 中断，切掉，砍掉，使与外界隔绝（be cut off from ）
cut out 剪下；删除；
to cut out smoking 戒烟
cut up 切碎 使受苦
Jean was really cut up when her husband left her. 在丈夫抛弃她之后，简痛苦极了。
2. die out 死绝；消失，消灭
That custom died out years ago. 那种风俗许多年前就消失了。
The lights died out suddenly. 灯突然熄灭了。
die of/from 因……而死
She died of cancer/old age. 她死于癌症（终享天年）。
die from overwork/a wound操劳过度（受伤）而死
die away(声音、光线、风等)渐弱，渐息
The sound of their laughter died away. 她们的笑声渐渐消失了。
Die down 逐渐变弱，逐渐平息
The flames finally died down. 火焰越来越小，最后熄灭了。
die+名（形）死于……状态
die young/happy英年早逝（含笑九泉）
be dying for（口语）渴望……，很想……
He was dying for a drink. 他很渴望喝点酒。
3. adapt v. 使……适应，使……适合adapt oneself to适应…… adapt sth. to sth. 使…….适应……. adapted adj.适合……的；改编成……的
He couldn’t adapt his way of life to the company. 他的生活方式无法适应公司（的要求）。
He is quick to adapt(himself)to new circumstances. 他很会适应新环境。
The play is adapted from a novel. 这是一部由小说改编成的戏剧。
4. the other day，some day，one day，another day
(1)the other day“几天前”(a few days ago)指过去，只能用于过去时态。
The other day I met Mary in the street. 几天前，我在街上碰上玛丽了。
(2)some day“总有一天，某一天”指将来，通常只用于一般将来时或过去将来时，可与one day替换。
We are going to visit the museum some day/one day next week. 我们打算下周某一天去参观博物馆。
(3)one day“某一天，有一天”，可指过去的某一天，也可指将来的某一天(指将来的某一天可与some day互换。)
One day you will be punished. 总有一天你会受到惩罚的。
One day I saw a beggar walking along the street. 有一天我看见一个乞丐沿着大街行走。
(4)another day “改天”，指将来的一天。
I will see you again another day. 我改天会再来看你的。
5. devote vt.奉献
devote sth. / oneself to 致力于，把……奉献给
He has devoted his whole life to science.他把一生都奉献给了科学事业。
I don’t think it worthwhile to devote so much time to discussing the matter.
我认为花这么多时间来讨论这件事不值得。
形容词devoted 意思有两种
(41) 忠实的，慈爱的，恩爱的
(42) 献身……的，专心于……的，专用于…….的，热心的
e.g. a devoted son, mother, father
The newly married couple next door to us are devoted to sports.
The magazine is devoted to science.
6.
(一)单句改错
1. At the present, we don’t have any trouble in solving the problems.
简析：去掉第一个the, 或在present后加time。
at present是固定短语，意为“现在、目前”。也可用at the present time 来表示。
2. Too much of the deer in the country have been killed.
简析：将much改为many。too much后接的是不可数名词。too many后接可数名词。句中的deer是可数名词，其单复数同形。
3. The sun was disappeared behind the cloud.
简析：把was去掉。disappear表示“消失，失踪”，是不及物动词，不能用于被动语态。
4. Some day, I saw some foreign visitors in the park.
简析：把Some改为One。some day和one day都作“有一天”讲。但前者是指“将来有一天”，只能用于将来时态的句子中；后者既可用于“过去的某一天”，也可用于“将来的某一天”。
5. There used to have an old temple in the village.
简析：把have改为be。used to用于there be结构中，即There used to be…意为“过去有……”。
五、高考真题
1. (1999 上海)My parents always let me have my own ______ of living.
A. way B. method C. manner D. fashion
简析：答案为A。have one’s own way of doing sth. 是习惯用法，意为“有自己做某事的方法”。
2. (NMET 1998)-Can you come on Monday or Tuesday?
-I’m afraid ___________day is possible.
A. either B. neither C. some D. any
简析：答案为B。
前句提到Monday or Tuesday, 意为在两者之中选择，故可排除C、D两项。后文用I’m afraid…来回答，显然是否定含义，故选neither，意为两天都不可能。
3. ( 北京)All the people ___________ at the party were his supporters.
A. present B. thankful C. interested D. important
简析：答案为A。
由句意可知是“所有出席宴会的人都是他的支持者”，故只能选present。当“出席，在场”讲时，present作定语放在所修饰词后。
4. (NMET 2000)-Is John coming by train?
-He should, but he___________ not. He likes driving his car.
A. must B. can C. need D. may
简析：答案为D。must not意为“禁止，不许”；need not意为“不必”；can表推测多用于否定、疑问句中，但can not表“不可能”，与句意不符。只有may not表示“有可能”。
篇16：高三阅读理解训练突破高考英语广告类阅读理解(人教版高考复习英语教案教学设计)
广告英语与普通英语存在许多差异，而又与人们日常生活密切相关，应用性很强。所以广告类阅读题可以很好地考查学生提取信息、处理信息的能力，也是历年来高考考查的一个热点。高考全国卷就再次出现此类题目。但也正因为广告英语不同于学生平时所学习的普通英语，其文句精练，信息量大，表达方式千变万化，许多学生面对这种题目要么束手无策，要么需要花费大量时间才能完成，都不得要领，所以要加强针对性训练。其实，做这种题目也是有法可循的：先略读题目，再浏览题干，然后带着问题找答案。在阅读时又要特别注意文中以黑体、大写、下划线等方式加以提示的文字，因为这很有可能是文章的核心或至少是一部分内容的概括。下面就是几道此类题目的练习题，同学们不妨试试……
[例1](NMET，春招阅读E篇)
HOW TO BOOK
Booking opens for Beckett Shorts on 8 September.
BY TELEPHONE
For credit card(信用卡)bookings. Calls are answered.
BOX OFFICE
01789 295623 9a.m.-8.p.m.(Mon.-Sat.)
0541 541051(24hours,7days,nobookingcharge).
BYFAX
For credit card bookings. Please allow at least 48 hours for reply, if required.
BOX OFFICE
01789 261974 or 01862 387765
BY POST
Please enclose(附上) a cheque or credit card details together with an SAE or add 50p to the total amount(总额) to cover postage. Please send to the Box Office,RST,Stratford-upon-Avon,CV376BB.
Booking opens for all other plays on19 September.
IN PERSON
BOX OFFICE
RST hall, 9:30a.m.-8p.m.(Mon.-Sat.)
(6p.m.when theatres are closed).
OVER SEAS BOOKING
The easiest method of payment is by credit card.
You can also pay by: Eurocheque (up to￡500) you're your card number written on the back.
PAYING FOR YOUR TICKETS
CREDIT CARDS
We accept Visa, Master Card, American Express and Diners Club. Please give the card number, name and address of card holder.
CHEQUES Cheques and postal orders should be payable to:Royal Shakespeare Theatre.
1.In which of the following ways of booking does one probably have to pay extra money?
A.In person. B.By telephone. C.By fax. D.By post.
2.One has to wait for 2 days or longer for a reply if he/she pays.
A.in person B.by telephone C.by fax D.by post
3.What is a useful number to call at 11 a.m. Sunday?
A.01789 295623 B.0541 541051
C.01789 261174 D.01862 387665
解析：本篇旨在考查学生的英语实用能力。标题是如何订票。先大致浏览一下小标题，然后即可看问题，并迅速找到要查找信息的相应位置。
1.问哪一种订票方式可能会有附加费用。答案为D。依据是文中BYPOST项下有or add 50p to the total amount to cover postage(或者是在订票费总额上再加上50便士的邮资)这样一句。
2.问以哪种方式付费必须等两天或更长时间才可以得到答复。答案是C。BYFAX项下有Please allow at least 48 hours for reply, if required.
3.问星期天上午11点可以打哪个电话号码。在第一个BOXOFFICE项下可找到答案B。0541541051(24hours,7days)。另一号码01789295623根据信息9a.m.-8p.m.(Mon-Sat)，星期天不可用。而选项C和D中的号码是FAX号码。所以，正确答案为B项。
[例2]BDU www.chinadaily.com.cn/bdu
CHINA DAILY LAUNCHES
B D U
BUSINESS DAILY UPDATE
Want to keep abreast(赶得上)of the dynamic pulse(有力的脉博)of China's economy?
Get a glance at the most important business activities taking place here every day through Business Daily Update, a service offered by China Daily information via the World Wide Web.
Placed under 10 categories, over 25 news items appear each day with the top three event high lighted all in English Business Daily Update is just a few mouse clicks away.
Subscribe to BDU for an annual fee of US$ 240.E-mail and fax services are also available upon request.
For more information, please contact Business Daily Update:
Tel:(010)64941107,(010)64924488ext.2000;Fax:+86-10-64941125
Email: bdu@chinadaily.com.cn ;
Url:
1.If>www.chinadaily.com.cn/bdu
1.If you get into BDU, you can ____.
A.find out everything in China
B.get the most important business information in the world
C.get the information about the latest business activities taking place in China
D.get all the information in China Daily
2.This ad. Will be very helpful to ____.
A.foreign businesspeople
B.foreign travelers
C.Chinese people
D.China Daily reporters
3.To get the information from BDU everyday, you must____.
A.underst and Chinese
B.know something about the mouse
C.know how to operate a computer
D.howtouseafaxmachine
4.If you have www.chinadaily.com.cn/bdu, you can get in touch with BDU by ____.
A.telephone B.fax C.E-mail D.internet答案及解析：
1.C。由题目下面的”BUSINESSDAILYUPDATE“和文章内容的第二段第一句可知，正确答案为C项。
2.A。由第一自然段中的”...China's economy(中国的经济)“可知，是对外国企业、商人而言的，如果对国内企业，其表达方式为：our country's economy。
3.从第二自然段的Via the World Wide Web(通过万维网)可知，是从计算机上获取信息。因此正确答案是C。
4.D。因为本题题干给出的是网址(http)，所以通过上因特网与BDU联系。而C项的E-mail地址在短文中给出了，而本题题干没有涉及
篇17：高三阅读理解训练 阅读技巧判断推理型(人教版高考复习英语教案教学设计)
英语阅读中，有时作者并未把意图说出来，而是要求阅读者根据字面意思，通过语篇逻辑关系，研究细节的暗示，推敲作者的态度，理解文章的寓义，这就是判断推理题。判断推理题在阅读测试中属于难题。因此，考生应在理解全文的基础上，从文章本身所提供的信息出发，运用逻辑思维，哲学原理，并借助一定的常识进行分析，推理，判断。
推理题经常使用的提问方式有：
It can be inferred/ concluded that___________.
Which of the following conclusions can we draw according to the passage?
In which of the following publication would this passage most likely be printed?
The passage implies, but doesn't directly state that___________.
The writer suggests that___________.
What's the author's attitude toward___________?
The writer probably feels that___________.
The author uses the examples of... to show that___________.
判断推理是一种创造性的思维活动，但它并非无章可循。
推理判断题要在阅读理解整体语篇的基础上，掌握文章的真正内涵。①要吃透文章的字面意思，从字里行间捕捉有用的提示和线索，这是推理的前提和基础；②要对文字的表面信息进行挖掘加工，由表入里，由浅入深，从具体到抽象，从特殊到一般，通过分析、综合、判断等，进行深层处理，符合逻辑地推理。不能就是论事，断章取义，以偏概全。③要忠实于原文，以文章提供的事实和线索为依据。立足已知，推断未知。立足现在，预测未来。不能主观臆想，凭空想象，随意揣测，更不能以自己的观点代替作者的观点；④要把握句、段之间的逻辑关系，了解语篇的结构。要体会文章的基调，揣摸作者的态度，摸准逻辑发展的方向，悟出作者的弦外之音。
一、细节推断题
要求考生根据语篇关系，推断具体细节，如时间、地点、人物关系、人物身份、事件等。一般可根据短文提供的信息，或者借助生活常识进行推理判断。
【例题】
A visitor visits an island where two tribes live. One tribe always tells the truth and the other always lies. The truth瞭ellers live on the western side of the island, and those who lie live on the eastern side. The visitor wants to determine whether the native beside him is a truth瞭eller or not by asking only one question. He asks the native,“Go and ask the native in the distance which side of the island he lives on.” When the messenger returns, he says, ”He said he lives on the western side of the island.“
Is the messenger a truth瞭eller or not? How can the visitor be sure?
1. According to the messenger's answer, the visitor can conclude that_______________
A. The messenger lives on the western side of the island because he tells the truth.
B. the messenger lives on the eastern side of the island because his answer may be a lie.
C. it's hard to determine whether the messenger is a truth teller or not.
D. the messenger probably lives in the western side of the island because his answer may be true.
2. The native in the distance says he lives on the western side of the island. According to his answer, which conclusion of the following is wrong?
A. He may live on the eastern side of the island.
B. He may live on the western side of the island.
C. He may be telling the truth.
D. He can't be telling the truth.
【解析】 第1题是推测有关信使（近处的当地人）的情况的。我们知道，讲真话的部落住在岛的西部，撒谎的部落住在岛的东部。这个信使去问远方的当地人住在岛的哪一边（东部还是西部）。远方的当地人只能有两种情况，要么住在岛的西部，要么住在岛的东部。如果他住在岛的西部，他就是一个讲真话的人，他就会如实回答他住在西部。如果他住在岛的东部，他就是一个撒谎的人。他本来住在东部，但在回答时，必须要说谎，他只能回答他住在西部。所以远方的当地人不管是住在东部还是西部，他的回答只有一个：“我住在西部”。如果信使告诉参观者远方的当地人住在西部，信使无疑是说了真话，那么信使一定是住在岛的西部。反之，如果信使告诉参观者远方的当地人住在东部，那么信使就说了假话，信使肯定住在东部。故此题答案是A。
第2题是推测远方的当地人的情况的。从短文提供的信息来看，我们无法判定远方的当地是住在岛的东部还是岛的西部，两种情况都是可能存在的。此题要注意情态动词的语气。A.“他可能住在岛的西部”;B.“他可能住在岛的东部”;C.“他可能讲了真话”。上述A、B、C三种情况都是可能的。D.“他不可能讲真话”，语气太绝对。推测错误。故答案为D。
二、因果推断题
要求考生根据已知结果推测导致结果的可能原因。考生要准确掌握文章的内涵，理解文章的真正含义。
【例题】
When the young waitress near my house started saying hello to me every day, I was very happy. She was at least fifteen years younger than I. One day she signedme to come near. When I walked over, she asked,“Are you single?” “Why, yes.“ I answered, smiling at her happily.
“So is my mother.” she said, “Would you like to meet her?“
1. The writer talked about the waitress' age because he thought___________.
A. she was young B. it a pleasure to make friends with her
C. she was beautiful D. it strange for her to fall in love withhim
2. The waitress said hello to the writer every day because___________.
A. she lived near his house B. he often went to visit her mother
C. she wanted to be friendly with him D. she loved him very much
【解析】 这是两道推测原因的题目。女服务员每天向作者示好，作者产生误解，以为女孩对他有意。考虑到他们年龄相差悬殊，作者认为女孩爱上他有点奇怪。故第1题答案是D。女孩问作者是否单身，并提到她母亲也是单身，并邀请他与她母亲见面，可见，女孩每天向他问好，目的是想取得他的好感，进而搓和他和她母亲。第2题答案是C。
【例题】
The entertainment profession or “show business” attracts many young people. Unfortunately, only very few can hope to become famous and successful. Talent is not enough, because show business is as competitive as any other business .Without a good manager ,a performer can never hope to succeed .Fashion is important in this business, too. The best tailor in the world will never be a success if he makes old瞗ashioned clothes. In exactly the same way, a performer must changehis “act“ in order to follow the taste of the moment. This is true for actors, dancers and comedians ,but perhaps most of all singers.
“Pop” stands for “popular“ and a pop singer has to work very hard to become popular .He must either give the public what they already want, or he must find a new way of singing that will attract their attention. Even when he has succeeded, and his records are sold everywhere, he can not relax. Then he must work harder than ever because there are always younger singers trying to become famous and to steal some of the popularity. The life of a successful pop singer is not at all easy. He can only relax when he is alone, because everything he does is watched and reported in the special newspaper written for the “fans”.The fans are the most important people in the world for the singers. They buy his records, they go to his concerts and they make him rich and famous. But they can be very annoying, too. Sometimes their enthusiasm get so hysterical that they do anything to get a“souvenir“（纪念品）. They steal handkerchiefs, they tear off buttons, and they even cut off pieces of the unfortunate singer's hair. Many singers have been forced to hide. A pop singer has to spend a lot of money on clothes, because he must always look smart or at any rate different. He must have a luxurious car. And - most important - he must always keep smiling for the benefit of his public .
1. Why must a pop singer have a good manager?___________.
A. To protect him from his fans B. To look after his business interests
C. To help him to change his “act” D .So that he can relax
2. Why must a pop singer work even harder when he has become famous?___________
A. Because he wants to attract the attention of the public
B. Because he wants to sell more records
C. Because he wants to become popular
D. Because he wants to stay popular
【解析】 1. 答案为B。因果推断题。根据Talent is not enough, because show business is as competitive as any other business. Without a good manager, a performer can never hope to succeed .我们可以知道，正因为这个行业竞争激烈，所以表演者需要一个好的经纪人。帮助演员策划和安排商业表演活动，协助他的演艺事业的发展。故B项正确。
2. 答案为D。因果推断题。Then he must work harder than ever because there are always younger singers trying to become famous and to steal some of the popularity. 一个成名演员要更加努力地工作，直接原因文中已有论述，即，表演行业是个竞争十分激烈的行业，新人不断涌现，对成名演员造成很大的压力。那么间接原因是什么？通过前面的分析我们可以推断出成名演员更加买力地工作，是因为他要保持他的名气，延长他的艺术生命。
【例题】
Once Napoleon stayed in a small inn. The next morning, he went to thank the ﹊nnkeeper.ァ癥ou, have served me well, innkeeper, “ said Napoleon. “I wish to reward you. Tell me what you want.”
“Sir, we want nothing, “ said the innkeeper.“But will you tell us something?”ァ癢hat is it?“ Napoleon asked.
“We have heard a story.” said the innkeeper, “that once during the war, a small village was taken by the Russians. You happened to be in the village. You hid while they looked for you. Will you tell us how you felt when they were looking for you?“ Napoleon looked very angry. He called in two of his soldiers. Then he pointed to the door. The soldiers took the innkeeper and his wife out into the yard.
At the end of the yard was a wall. The innkeeper and his wife were led to the wall. The soldiers tied the hands of the innkeeper and his wife. Napoleon watched, saying nothing.
“Please, sir.” begged the innkeeper, “Don't kill us! we meant nothing!“ The soldiers moved back. The innkeeper saw them raising their guns. Then Napoleon called: “Ready! Aim!” The wife screamed. “Stop!“ said Napoleon. He went to the innkeeper, “Now, you know the answer to the question you asked me just now, don't you?”
1. Why did the innkeeper ask Napoleon to tell him how Napoleon felt when he was being looked for?
A. He wanted to know the difference between a general and an ordinary people.
B. He looked down upon Napoleon, for he thought a great man shouldn't be defeated.
C. He showed his玸ympathy(同情) to Napoleon in time of danger.
D. He was interested in other's failure, especially Napoleon's.
2. Why did Napoleon ordered his men to tie the couple?
A. Because he wanted to teach the innkeeper a good lesson for bothering him.
B. Because he wanted to kill the couple to get rid of his anger.
C. Because he wanted to show that he was so admiring a general that nobody could upset him.
D. Because he wanted to made the innkeeper know that a general like him had the same feeling as the ordinary people in face of danger.
【解析】 1. 此题为因果推断题。根据“Sir, we want nothing, “ said the innkeeper.“But will you tell us something?” 可以看出来，这个店老板问拿破仑这个问题是出于好奇。他想知道作为将军的拿破仑与普通人到底有什么区别。故答案为A。
2. 因果推断题。从最后一句话“Now, you know the answer to the question you asked me just now, don't you?“ 可以看出拿破仑并不想杀这个店老板，他这样做的目的是想让他体验一下他当时的感受。故可推出面对危险像拿破仑这样的将军与普通人没有什么两样。故答案为D。
三、人物性格、态度及观点判断题
高考阅读测试中有些是考查考生对作者的主导思想、被描写人物语气、言谈话语中流露的情绪、性格倾向和作者或文中人物态度、观点等方面的理解题。做这一类题时一定要注意：
1）由表及里的准确把握字里行间的意思，切勿用自己的主观想法或观点代替作者的思想观点。
2）特别注意那些描写环境气氛的语言，以及表达感情、态度观点的词语。要特别注意作者在文章中的措词，尤其是表达感情色彩的形容词。
3）能结合自己平时积累的有关英语国家的文化传统、风俗习惯等背景知识来识别评价。
【例题】
A well-known old man was being interviewed and was asked if it was correct that he had just celebrated his 99th birthday, “That's right,” said the old man. “Ninety-nine years old, and I haven't an enemy in the world. They 're all dead.“
“Well sir,” said the interviewer, “I hope very much to have the honor of interviewing you on your hundredth birthday.“
The old man looks at the young man closely, and said, “I can't see why you shouldn't. You look fit and healthy to me!”
1. What kind of man would you say the old man was?
A. He was silly. B. He was unpleasant.
C. He was very proud and sure of his health.
D. He was very impolite to young people.
【解析】 记者希望在老人100岁生日时能再访老人，希望他能活到100岁。而老人故意歧解记者的话（我看不出你明年为什么不能采访我？你好像还很健康呀！）表现了老人对自己健康状态的自信。答案为C。
【例题】
Three men were discussing how to玠onate(捐献) money to God. At first they couldn't agree with each other, then they each told his own idea.
The first man said: “Let's draw a small circle on the ground and throw coins to the ground. The money out of the circle belongs to God.“
The second man added, “We will donate the coins inside the circle to God because God is in our hearts.”
The third man said: “Your ideas are not bad, but I have a better idea than yours. Let's throw coins into the sky. The coins that God accepts belong to him. So God can accept as much money as he can.“
At last, they agreed to the last idea, and they began to throw coins to the sky happily.
1. According to the passage, we can draw a conclusion:
A. All the three men were kind瞙earted.
B. The third man is more generous(大方)than the other two.
C. None of them believed in God.
D. Three men are all stingy(吝啬) people.
【解析】 从三人提的建议看，他们三人都不乐意给上帝捐钱，三人都是吝啬的人，故选D。
四、预测想象推理题
有些内容文章中没有明确说明，要求考生根据语篇，对事件可能的结局或下段可能涉及的内容等进行预测推理。做这类题时应把握作者的写作思路（如文章可能按事件发展的经过描写，也可能按因果关系、对比关系来叙述），从而作出比较科学的、合情合理的预测。
【例题】
We are in the computer age. We often see computers at work. They are especially useful in automatic control, date processing(数据处理) and solving complicated problems. And they are finding their way into the home. The part played by computers is becoming even more important with each passing day.More and cleverer computers will continue to appear. They will run faster, have more functions and work more skillfully. They will take over more tasks from us, helping to change the face of our world. Some people even think that sooner or later computers will replace us.
However…
1. Which of the following statements is most likely to be talked about inthe third paragraph?
A. Computers will soon stop developing.
B. Computers are as clever as man.
C. Many people like computers very much.
D.I don't think computers will replace us completely.
【解析】 本文采用了对比关系来描写。前面描写了计算机的优势，但作者用 however 一词预示将引出相反的观点，答案为D。
【例题】
There was ice on the road, and the doctor's car hit a tree and turned over three times. To his surprise, he was not hurt .He got out of the car and walkedto the nearest house, he wanted to telephone the玤arage(汽车修理厂) for help. The door was opened by one of his patients.
“Oh, Doctor.” she said, “I have only just telephoned you. You must have a very fast car. You have got here very quickly indeed. There has been a very bad accident in the road outside. I saw it through the window. I am sure the driver will need your help“.
1. Which of the following is the most likely reply the doctor gave the woman patient at the end of the story?
A. “Yes, he does need help - your help, not mine.”
B. “Another accident? I've just had an accident myself?“
C. “I got your call and rushed over. I hope I'm not too late.”
D. “I didn't get your call. But I'm here and hope I can help“.
【解析】 出事故的车恰恰是医生的车，当他听他的病人说出事司机需要帮助时，他会不失幽默地说：“是的，他需要帮助，是你的帮助，而不是我的帮助”。--他要借用病人家的电话给修车厂打电话。答案是A。
五、写作意图推测题
此题型要求考生根据文章的论述，推测作者的写作意图及运用某种写作手法的目的。作者一般不直接陈述自己的意图，而是通过文章所提供的事实和形象，客观地使读者信服某种想法或意见。这种题型要求同学们不但能理解文章的内容，同时还要具备对作者阐述问题的写作方法进行归纳总结和分析的能力。
【例题】
Imagine that the genome(基因组) is a book. The book consists of 23 chapters with thousands of stories made up of paragraphs, words and letters on different levels. There are one billion words in the book, which makes it longer than 5,000 volumes the size of this book, or as long as 800 Bibles. If I read the genome out to you at the rate of one word per second for eight hours a day, it would take me a century. If I wrote out the human genome, one letter per millimeter, my text would be as long as the River Danube.
1. The real purpose of the author's comparison of the genome to a book is___________.
A. to focus on the differences between the two
B. to lay emphasis on the similarities between the two
C. to simplify the concept of the human genome
D. to give an exact description of the human genome
【解析】 “基因组”是一个非常抽象难懂的科学术语。作者在这里把“基因组”比作一本书，使一般读者能通俗形象地了解“基因组”的概念。故答案为C。
【例题】
Beldon and Canfield are two seashore towns, not far apart. Both towns have many hotels, and in summer the hotels are full of holiday瞞akers and othertourists(观光者).
Last August there was a fire at the Seabreeze Hotel in Beldon. The next day, this news appeared on page two of the town's newspaper. The Beldon Post: FIRE AT SEABREEZE
Late last night firemen hurried to the Seabreeze Hotel and quickly put out a small fire in a bedroom. The hotel manager said that a cigarette started the fire. We say again to all our visitors： “Please don't smoke cigarettes in bed.” This was Beldon's first hotel fire for five years.
The Canfield Times gave the news in these words on page one：
ANOTHER BELDON HOTEL CATCHES FIRE
Last night Beldon firemen arrived just too late to save clothing, bedclothes and some furniture at the Seabreeze Hotel. An angry holiday瞞aker said, “An electric lamp probably started the fire. The bedroom lamps are very old at some of these hotels. When I put my bedside light on, I heard a funny noise from the lamp.
“ We are glad to tell our readers that this sort of adventure does not happen in Canfield.
What are the facts, then? It is never easy to find out the exact truth about an accident. There was a fire at the Seabreeze Hotel last August: that is one fact. Do we know anything else? Yes, we know that firemen went to the hotel.
Now what do you think of the rest of the “news” ?
1. The Canfield Times used the 玥eadline(标题)like this in order to make its readers think ___________.
A. hotels in Beldon often catch fire
B. hotels in Beldon don't often catch fire
C. this was the second fire at the Seabreeze Hotel
D. Beldon was a good place except that hotels there are not quite safe
【解析】 答案为 A。作者意图推断题。本文通过两个对手城市的报纸对同一件火灾事故的不同报道，对新闻报道的真实性提出了怀疑。ANOTHER BELDON HOTEL CATCHES FIRE中ANOTHER是个关键词，暗示了Beldon的宾馆火灾频繁。
篇18：高中英语阅读课教案(人教版高考复习英语教案教学设计)
LESSON PLAN
Time of Lesson: 45 minutes
Students: Senior Grade One
Teaching Material: How Did Postage Stamps Come Into Use
Teaching Objectives:
1. To train Ss' reading ability(such as guessing the meaning of new words in the context, the speed of reading.)
2. To train Ss' reading comprehension(To get messages from what they read.)
Teaching Points:
1. Ss get used to three reading skills.
2. Ss understand the given passage.
Properties:
Stamps, letters, postcards, work sheets, OHP
Teaching Method:
Communicative Approach
Lesson Type:
Reading
New Words and A Phrase:
postage, put forward, proposal, seal, deliver, system, postal
Procedures:
Step 1. Warm-up(6')
1. Lead-in
Show some stamps, letters and postcards and have free talk to arouse students' motivation.
2. Dealing with some new words
Q: Do you know the postage of a letter?
Explain “postage”, and write postage on the Bb.
postage: payment for the carrying of letters
A: Fifty fen for any place in China except Hong Kong, Taiwan and Macao.
Q: What do the postmen do with the letters?
A: They take the letters from the postbox and carry them away to the places on the envelopes and deliver them to the addressed people.
Explain “deliver”, and write deliver on the Bb.
deliver: take letters or goods to the addressed people.
Q: Who put forward the proposal to use stamps? Use OHP to project the question onto the screen.
Explain “put forward” and “proposal”, and write them on the Bb.
put forward: put an idea before people for thinking over
proposal: sth. proposed, plan or idea, suggestion
Again: Who put forward the proposal to use stamps?
Step 2. Skimming(4'30“)
1. Instructions
T: Now I give you a passage to read, and for the first time you should only find the answer to the question. You have only two and a half minutes to read. So don't read word for word. Read quickly. Just try to find the answer.
2. Handing out the reading material and reading
3. Checking
Q: Who put forward the proposal to use stamps.
A: Rowland Hill, a schoolmaster in England.
Step 3. Scanning(6')
1. Instructions
T: This time I give you three minutes to read the passage. When you are reading, find the answers to the two questions.
Use OHP to project the questions:
1. Why was the postage high in the early nineteenth century when people did not use stamps?
2. When was postage stamps first put to use?
2. Reading
3. Checking
1) Pair work
2) Class checking
Ans. to Que.1. Because the post offices had to send many people to collect the postage.
Ans. to Que.2. On May 6, 1840.
Step 4. Full reading(21')
1. Instructions
T: Now I give you ten minutes to read the passage for the third time and you should read it carefully. Before reading, let's go over the questions on the work sheet.
Give Work Sheet 1 to the Ss. Explain the new words in Que. 4.
prevent: stop, not let sb. do sth.
reuse: use again
T: Try to find the answers to the questions. But don't write the answers down, you can put a sign or underline the sentences concerning the questions.
2. Reading
3. Checking
1) Group work: Checking the answers in a group of four Ss.
2) Class work: Checking the answers in class.
Possible Answers:
1. Why were people unhappy to pay postage for letters in the early nineteenth century?
Because they had to pay postage when they received letters, especially when they paid for a letter which they did not wish to receive at all. The postage was high.
2. Why was it much easier for people to use stamps for postage?
Because people could go to the nearby post office to buy stamps and put them on envelopes before they sent the letters.
3. Why was the postage much lower using stamps?
Because in this way, the post office did not need to send postmen to collect postage. It only needed to send fewer postmen to deliver letters.
4. How could the post office prevent people from reusing the stamps?
The post office could simply put seals on the stamps so that people could not use the stamps again.
Check the understanding of the word ”seal“, and write it on the Bb.
seal: 邮戳 5. Did other countries take up the new postal system?
Yes.
Check the understanding of ”postal“ and ”system“, and write them on the Bb.
postal: of the post
system: a set of working ways
6. Does every country in the world has its own stamps?
Yes.
Step 5: Rounding-off(7')
1. Answering Ss' questions on the passage if any.
2. Making a guided-dialogue with the information given from the passage.
Hand out Work Sheet 2. Do it in pairs.
3. Asking two or three pairs to read their dailogues.
A possible completed dialogue:
A: Oh, What a beautiful stamp!
B: Yes, it's from the U.S.A..
A: Do you know in the early nineteenth century people did not use stamps?
B: Then how did they pay the postage?
A: They had to pay the postage when they received letters.
B: Was the postage very high then?
A: Yes. Because the post offices had to send many people to collect the postage.
B: Who put forward the proposal to use stamps?
A: Rowland Hill, a schoolmaster in England.
B: Why do post offices put seals on the stamps?
A: They can prevent people from using the stamps again.
B: When did post offices begin to sell stamps?
A: On May 6, 1840.
B: Thank you for telling me so many things about stamps.
Step 6. Assignment(30”)
Ask the Ss to shorten the passage within four or five sentences after class, and to write it in their exercise books.
*************************************************************
Reading Material:
How Did Postage Stamps Come Into Use
When you send a letter or a postcard, you have to put stamps on the envelope or on the card. When did people first begin to use stamps? Who was the first to think of this idea?
In the early nineteenth century, people did not use stamps. They had to pay postage when they received letters. They were unhappy about this, especially when they paid for a letter which they did not wish to receive at all. The postage was high at that time, because the post offices had to send many people to collect the postage.
Rowland Hill, a schoolmaster in England, was the first to put forward a proposal to use stamps. He thought it would be much easier for people to use stamps to cover postage. They could go to the nearby post office to buy stamps and put them on envelopes before they sent the letters. The post office could simply put seals on the stamps so that people could not use the stamps again. In this way, the post office did not need to send postmen to collect postage. It only needed to send fewer postmen to deliver letters. That was a good idea and the government finally accepted it.
On May 6, 1840, post offices throughout England began to sell stamps. Soon this new postal system was taken up by other countries. Now each country has its own stamps. And there are many people who collect stamps all over the world.
Work Sheet 1:
Find the answers to the following questions from the passage:
1. Why were people unhappy to pay postage for letters in the early nineteenth century?
2. Why was it much easier for people to use stamps for postage?
3. Why was the postage much lower using stamps?
4. How could the post office prevent people from reusing the stamps?
5. Did other countries take up the new postal system?
6. Does every country in the world has its own stamps now?
Work Sheet 2:
Complete the dialogue with the information you have got:
A: Oh, What a beautiful stamp!
B: Yes, it's from the U.S.A..
A: Do you know ____________________ people did not use stamps?
B: Then how did they pay the postage?
A: ___________________________________________________________.
B: Was the postage very high then?
A: ___________________________________________________________.
B: Who put forward the proposal to use stamps?
A: ___________________________________________________________.
B: Why do post offices put seals on the stamps?
A: ___________________________________________________________.
B: When did post offices begin to sell stamps?
A: ___________________________________________________________.
B: Thank you for telling me so many things about stamps.
篇19：高考文言文复习教案 (人教版高三教案教学设计)
【教学目标】
1.以虚词，实词翻译为切入口，落实文言文复习。
2.在学生已掌握文言文翻译的一般原则、技巧的基础上，加强基础知识的巩固，指导学生掌握好高考文言句子翻译的方法技巧。
【教学重点难点】
1.抓关键词句(关键词语、特殊句式)，洞悉得分点。
2.借助积累(课内文言知识、成语、语法结构、语境等)，巧解难词难句。.
3.在学生已掌握文言文翻译的一般原则、技巧的基础上，加强踩点得分意识，以难词难句为突破口，指导学生掌握好高考文言句子翻译的方法技巧。
【 教学设想】
1.依据福建省考纲对文言文的要求着重落实18个虚词和120个实词的意思，4种文言句式的运用，常见的通假字的运用。
2.高考的文言文阅读是源于课本而又高于课本的，作为高考的第一轮复习，由课内拓展到课外，以课内文段阅读为材料进行复习，通过“积累--迁移--巩固”的复习原则，逐一落实考点内容。
3.在学生掌握了 “ 信、达、雅 ” 三字翻译目标和 “ 六字翻译法 ” 的基础上，针对学生在文言翻译中的盲点， 力图引导学生总结归纳出解决翻译疑难的技巧，并通过训练验证这些技巧的可操作性，使学生能举一反三，从而增强文言文翻译的信心。
4.为调动学生的学习兴趣，发动 学生积极参与，在教学中，让学生变换角色，通过师生互动、生生互动的教学模式，完成教学内容，提高课堂复习效率。
【 教学时数】
6课时
第一课时
教学目的：
1、高考对文言文的要求及主要题型
教学重点：
1、 让学生从整体上了解高考文言文的几种题型
2、 在学习中发现自己在翻译中碰到的困惑和不足
一、导入：
这节课我们进入高考文言文阅读古文翻译专题的复习。文言文是对学生古汉语知识的综合能力的考查。近几年来，高考文言文翻译题的分值基本保持不变，共计15分，设两至三题选择题，每题3分；设一道翻译题，每题两到三句，此题为9分。那么针对于这些题型，怎么做好复习呢？
二、考纲阐释：
高考语文《考试说明》对文言实词，虚词，句式的能力层次均为B级。分别要求做到“理解常见文言实词在文中的含义”“理解常见文言虚词在文中的意义和用法”“理解与现代汉语不同的句式和用法”。“理解并翻译文中的句子”，能力也为B 级。这部分题目学生感觉难度最大。
三、文言文翻译五步法：
1．先将古今汉语语义基本一致的地方抄写下来，将比较容易理解的内容对译出来，然后将现代汉语无法翻译或不需要翻译的地方删去。以便将完全不懂的地方突显出来。
2.将不懂的词语放到原句中去揣测，大致推断出它的意思。
3.统一整理答案，注意前后协调和语句的畅通，保持原文语气。
4.按照翻译要求，写出译文。
5.将译文放到原文中加以检查，并作必要的修改。
四、范例解析
将文言文阅读材料中画横线的句子翻译成现代汉语。
庄宗与梁军夹河对垒。一日，郭崇韬以诸校伴食数多，主者不办，请少罢减。庄宗怒曰：“孤为效命者设食都不自由，其河北三镇，令三军别择一人为帅，孤请归太原以避贤路。”……俄而崇韬入谢，因道之解焉，人始重其胆量。
天成、长兴中，天下屡稔，朝廷无事。明宗每御延英，留道访以外事，道曰：“陛下以至德承天，天以有年表瑞，更在日慎一日，以答天心。……
译文：① 不久郭崇韬进来（向庄宗）谢罪，通过冯道化解了与庄宗的冲突。
②陛下凭借最高道德来承受天命，上天用丰收的年成来显示吉祥。
解析：
第一句：“俄而”应翻译成“不久”；“谢”意思是“道歉谢罪”，不要翻译成“感谢”；“因”是“通过”的意思。“因”一般不作因为讲，而常作因此于是讲，如在《齐桓晋文之事》中有：“若民，则无恒产，因无恒心。”
第二句：第一个“以”是“凭借”的意思，是介词；后一个以是“才”，是连词。“年”是“（好的）收成”，在《齐桓晋文之事》有：“乐岁终身饱，凶年免于死亡。”“瑞雪兆丰年”
五、了解有关文言文翻译的常识
1、标准
简言之三个字：信(准确)、达(通顺)、雅(有文采)。高考中的翻译一般只涉及信和达。
2、原则--直译为主，意译为辅。
“直译”，就是严格按原文字句一一译出，竭力保留原文用词造句的特点，力求风格也和原文一致。“意译”，则是按原文的大意来翻译，不拘泥于原文的字句，可采用和原文不同的表达方法。一般说来，应以“直译”为主，辅以“意译”。高考文言文翻译也主要考“直译”。
3、直译的方法-- “留”、“换”、“删”、“补”、“调”、“贯”六个字。
六、文言文翻译标准：
“信”要求忠实于原文，用现代汉语字字落实、句句落实直译，不可以随意增减内容。
例：六国破灭，非兵不利，战不善，弊在赂秦。
六国灭亡，不是武器不锋利，战术不好，弊病在于贿赂秦国。
“达”要求译文表意明确、语言通畅、语气一致。
例：以勇气闻于诸侯。
凭勇气闻名在诸侯国
凭着勇气在诸侯中间闻名
“雅”要求用简明、优美、富有文采的现代汉语把原文的内容、形式以及风格准确的表达出来。
例：曹公，豺虎也。
曹操是豺狼猛虎。
曹操是象豺狼猛虎一样（凶狠残暴）的人。
七、文言语句翻译方法归纳
1、保留法（留）：
㈠人名（名、字、号等）、地名、官职名、年号、国号等专门称谓。
㈡度量衡单位、数量词、器物名称。
㈢古今意义相同的词。
例题1：
① 此沛公左司马曹无伤言之。不然，籍何以至此？（《鸿门宴》）
②李氏子蟠，年十七，好古文。（《师说》）
③屈原者，名平，楚之同姓也。为楚怀王左徒。（《屈原列传》）
④于是废先王之道，焚百家之言。（《过秦论》）
⑤庆历四年春，滕子京谪守巴陵郡。(《岳阳楼记》)――庆历四年的春天，滕子京被贬为巴陵郡太守。
2、替换法（换）：即用现代汉语词汇替换古代汉语词汇
㈠古代的单音词换成现代汉语的双音词。
㈡古今异义、通假字、今已不用的字。
例题2：
①请略陈固陋：请让我大略的陈述自己固执鄙陋的意见。
②故予与同社诸君子哀斯墓之徒有其名而为之记，亦以明死生之大，匹夫之有重于社稷也。（《五人墓碑记》）
予：我。 斯：这。 徒：只。 记：记载
明：使……明了。 匹夫：百姓。 社稷：国家。
③先帝不以臣卑鄙，猥自枉屈，三顾臣于草庐之中。(《出师表》)――先帝不认为我地位低微，见识浅陋，降低自己的身份，三次到草庐来探望我。“卑鄙”一词古今汉语都常用，但词义已转移，所以译文用“地位低微、见识浅陋”来替换它。“顾”今天不常用，译文用“探望”来替换。
对古今意义相同，但说法不同的词语，翻译时要换成现代通俗的词语。如：
④齐师伐我。
这句中的“师”，要换成“军队”;“伐”，要换成“攻打”。
⑤吾尝终日而思矣，不如须臾之所学也。
这句中的“吾”，要换成“我”;“尝”，要换成“曾经”;“终”，要换成“整”;“思”，要换成“想”;“须臾”，要换成“一会儿”。
3、删减法（删）：删除没有实在意义、也无须译出的文言词。对象：仅起结构作用，没有具体意义的虚词。
情况：①句首发语词。②句中停顿或结构作用的词。③句末调节音节的词。④偏义复词中的衬字。
例题3：指出下面各句中加点词的用法
①夫战，勇气也。（《曹刿论战》）
②生乎吾前，其闻道也固先乎吾。（《师说》）
③魏王怒公子之盗其兵符（《信陵君窃符救赵》）
④卒然问曰：“天下恶乎定？”（《孟子见梁襄王》）
⑤以无厚入有间，恢恢乎其游刃必有余地矣。（《庖丁解牛》）
⑥辍耕之垄上，怅恨久之。（《陈涉世家》）
⑦所以遣将守关者，备他盗之出入与非常也。
⑧战于长勺，公将鼓之。(《曹刿论战》)――长勺这个地方与齐军交战，鲁庄公将要击鼓(命令将士前进)。(之，句末语气助词)
⑨师道之不传也久矣。
这句中的“之”，用于主谓之间，取消句中独立性，不译
4、增补法（补）：把文言文中省略的而现代汉语不能省略的成分补上。包括主语省略、动词后宾语的省略、介宾省略、介词省略等。
例题4：在下列句中准确的位置写出省略的成分，并用括号表示出来：
①（桃花源中人）见渔人，乃大惊，问（渔人）所从来，（渔人）具答之。（《桃花源记》）
②竖子，不足与（之）谋（《鸿门宴》）
③今以钟磬置（于）水中（《石钟山记》）
④尉剑挺，广起，夺（之）而杀尉（《陈涉世家》）
⑤无以，则王乎（《齐桓晋文之事》）
（如果）不能不说，那么还是（说说）如何行王道吧。
5、调整法（调）：将古代汉语句子中语序与现代汉语不同的句式进行调整，使之符合现代汉语的表达习惯。对象是文言文中倒装句，如主谓倒装、宾语前置、定语后置、介词结构后置等。
例题5：将下列句子翻译成现代汉语，注意语序的变化。
① 甚矣，汝之不惠! （主谓倒装）
② 保民而王，莫之能御也（宾语前置）
③ 宋何罪之有？（宾语前置）
④ 青取之于蓝，而青于蓝。（介词结构后置）
⑤ 石之铿然有声者（定语后置）
⑥忌不自信。(《邹忌讽齐王纳谏》)――邹忌不相信自己(比徐公美)。
这是宾语前置句，译时要调为“动+宾”语序。、
⑦大王来何操?
这句是宾语前置句，“何操”应为“操何”。
⑧“蚓无爪牙之利”为定语后置句，现代汉语句式为“蚓无利之爪牙”，“利”是修饰“爪牙”这个词的。
6、贯通法（贯）：指文言句中带修辞的（常见的有比喻、互文、借代、婉说等手法）说法，用典用事的地方，要根据上下文灵活、贯通地译出。
例题6：将下面文言语句翻译成现代汉语，尤其注意加点词语的意思。
①金城千里，子孙帝王万世之业也。（固若金汤的城池）
②项伯以身翼蔽沛公。（像翅膀一样）
③缙绅而能不易其志者，四海之大，有几人与？（做官的人）
④虽少，愿及未填沟壑而托之。（自己死去）
⑤燕赵之收藏，韩魏之经营，齐楚之精英。（燕、赵、韩、魏、齐、楚六国统治者拥有的金玉珍宝）
⑥司马青衫，吾不能学太上之忘情也（（人民的灾难）使我和白居易那样泪湿青衫，我不能学古代圣人那样忘情。）
八、巩固练习
①是社稷之臣也，何以伐为？
译：这是国家的臣属，为什么要讨伐他呢？
②无乃尔是过与？
译：恐怕该责备你了吧！
③尽吾志也而不能至者，可以无悔矣，其孰能讥之乎？
译：尽了自己的努力却不能到达的人，就可以没有悔恨了。难道谁还会讥笑你吗？
④是故圣益圣，愚益愚，其皆出于此乎？
译：因此，圣人更加圣明，愚人更加愚笨，大概都是因为这吧！
⑤仲尼之徒无道桓文之事者，是以后世无传焉，臣未之闻也。
译：孔子的门徒中没有讲述齐桓公晋文公霸业的，所以后世不曾流传，我没有听说过这件事。
马雨量
[高考文言文复习教案 (人教版高三教案教学设计)]
篇20：连接词的使用(人教版高考复习英语教案教学设计)
要想使文章有整体性、连贯性，就要学会正确使用连接词
下面请你认真学习并学会运用下列常见连接词
表示罗列增加
First, second, third,
First, then / next, after that / next, finally
For one thing … for another…,
On (the) one hand…on the other hand,
Besides / what’s more / in addition / furthermore / moreover / another / also,
Especially / In particular,
表示时间顺序
now, at present, recently,
after, afterwards, after that, after a while, in a few days,
at first, in the beginning, to begin with,
later, next, finally,
immediately, soon, suddenly, all of a sudden, at that moment, as soon as, the moment
from now on, from then on,
at the same time, meanwhile,
till, not…until, before, after, when, while, as during,
表示解释说明
now, in addition, for example, for instance, in this case, moreover
furthermore, in fact, actually
表示转折关系
but, however, while, though, or, otherwise, on the contrary, on the other
hand, in contrast, despite, in spite of, even though, except (for), instead, of course, after all,
表示并列关系
or, and, also, too, not only … but also, as well as, both… and, either …or, neither …nor
表示因果关系
because, because of, since, now that, as, thanks to…, due to…, therefore, as a result (of), otherwise, so…that, such…that
表示条件关系
as (so) long as, on condition that, if, unless
表示让步关系
though, although, as, even if, even though, whether …or…, however, whoever,
whatever, whichever, wherever, whenever, no matter how (who, what, which, where, when, whom)
表示举例
for example, for instance, such as…, take… for example
表示比较
be similar to, similarly, the same as, in contrast, compared with (to)…just like, just as,
表示目的
for this reason,, for this purpose, so that, in order to, so as to,
表示强调
in deed, in fact, surely, certainly, no doubt, without any doubt, truly,
obviously, above all,
表示概括归纳
in a word, in short, in brief, on the whole, generally speaking, in my opinion, as far as I know, As we all know, as has been stated, as I have shown, finally, at last, in summary, in conclusion,
练习一：根据上下文关系用连接词把下列各句连接起来，组成一个单句、并列句或复合句。
1.a) Go to see the doctor at once.
b) Your cold may get worse.
2. a) Alice was the first to complete her paper.
b) Alice made quite a few mistakes in her paper.
3. a) We were about to start off last night.
b) The phone in the living room began to ring.
4. a) Unfortunately, John’s car broke down on the way home.
b) John had to stop a car for a lift.
5). a) He has made great progress in his studies.
b) All the teachers praise him.
6. a) Some people waste food.
b) Other people haven’t enough food.
7. a) It’s too late to go to the cinema now.
b) I have an important meeting to attend after lunch.
8. a) Your aunt has no other thought but what is best for you.
b) I have no other thought, either.
练习二：1、用but,then,instead,the next moment,when填空：
The accident happened at 7:15 on the morning of February 8, 2000. I was walking along Park Road towards the east an elderly man came out of the park on the opposite side of the street. I saw a yellow car drive up Third Street and make a sudden right turn into Park Road. the car hit the old man. He fell down with a cry. the car didn’t stop to save the old man. ，it drove off at great speed.
2、用at last,then,so,up to now,that,when填空：
Don’t Lose Your Courage
Never shall I forget the first English lesson given by Miss Liu. On that day, she entered the classroom, we found she was a young and beautiful lady with a big smile on her face. she introduced herself saying that we should call her Miss Liu instead of Teacher Liu, a moment later, she let all of us go to the blackboard and say something about ourselves in English in turn. it was my turn, I felt shy and fearful that I didn’t dare to say a word before the class. She came up to me and said kindly, “Don’t be afraid. I believe you can do it. Come and have a try.” My face turned red when I heard that. , I went to the blackboard and was able to do it quite well. She praised for what I had done. , I can still remember her words in the first English lesson: “Practice makes perfect. Don’t lose your courage when you meet with difficulties. Try on and on until you succeed.”
【高三复习教案SBⅢ unit 23-24(人教版高考复习英语教案教学设计)】相关文章：
1.人教版 高三 英语复习教案（SBⅠ-Unit 11-12）
2.高三英语复习教案（3）（SBⅠ-Units 5-6）(新目标版八年级英语教案教学设计)
4.高三第一轮复习教案 高一 unit 2(人教版高三英语上册教案教学设计)
6.Unit 1 That must be a record!(人教版高三英语教案教学设计)
7.高考复习（一）人教版高一（上）语言点Unit9-12(人教版高考复习英语教案教学设计)
9.高考复习一人教版高二unit 9语言点(人教版高二英语上册教案教学设计)
10.化学复习教案教学设计
文档为doc格式
